May 21, 2024  
Official Course Syllabi 2019-2020 
    
Official Course Syllabi 2019-2020 [ARCHIVED CATALOG]

Course Syllabi


 

Medical Assistant

  
  • MAST 2021 - Nutrition & Medical Dietary Needs

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: MAST 1611 and MAST 2010 all with grade C or better

    (formerly MAST 2020)

    This course focuses on fundamental skills needed to identify proper nutrition and instruct patients according to their needs. Topics include dietary nutrients, supplements, dietary needs, and medical diet plans.

    Contact Hours: 2

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to outline the dietary nutrients, supplements, and dietary needs for special populations.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe dietary nutrients including:
      1. Carbohydrates
      2. Fat
      3. Protein
      4. Minerals
      5. Electrolytes
      6. Vitamins
      7. Fiber
      8. Water
    2. Describe the function of dietary supplements
    3. Identify the special dietary needs for:
      1. Weight control
      2. Diabetes
      3. Cardiovascular disease
      4. Hypertension
      5. Cancer
      6. Lactose sensitivity
      7. Gluten-free
      8. Food allergies

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to arrange a diet plan for a patient according to their needs.

    Objectives:

    1. Develop a meal plan utilizing basic principles of nutrition
    2. Instruct a patient according to their special needs

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Fundamentals of Nutrition
      1. Nutritional needs
      2. Planning healthy diet
      3. Digestion, absorption and metabolism
      4. Carbohydrates
      5. Lipids
      6. Proteins
      7. Vitamins
      8. Minerals
      9. Water
    2. Nutrition Across the Lifespan
    3. Medical Nutrition diet plans:
      1. Food allergies
        1. foodborne illness
        2. Lactose sensitivity
      2. Weight control
      3. Diabetes
      4. Cardiovascular disease
        1. hypertension
      5. Renal disease
      6. Cancer
      7. Gastrointestinal disorders
        1. gluten-free

    Primary Faculty
    Domanke-Nuytten, Donna
    Secondary Faculty
    Austin, Delena
    Associate Dean
    Roose, Diane
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MAST 2301 - Medical Assistant Administration Practicum

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: MAST 1201, MAST 1202, and MAST 1203 all with grade C or better

    (formerly MAST 2300)

    The front office administration practicum is a supervised administrative front office experience in an affiliated medical office facility. It is designed to provide students with an opportunity to gain experience with skills in reception, administration of the office, insurance, and computer applications. This unpaid practicum will be at various medical offices that set the hours and shifts. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Contact Hours: 72

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to successfully demonstrate administrative medical office procedures.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Use feedback techniques to obtain patient information including:
      1. reflection
      2. restatement
      3. clarification
    2. Respond to nonverbal communication
    3. Use medical terminology correctly and pronounced accurately to communicate information to providers and patients
    4. Coach patients regarding:
      1. office policies
    5. Coach patients appropriately considering:
      1. cultural diversity
      2. developmental life stage
      3. communication barriers
    6. Demonstrate professional telephone techniques
    7. Document telephone messages accurately
    8. Compose professional correspondence utilizing electronic technology
    9. Facilitate referrals to community resources in the role of a patient navigator
    10. Report relevant information concisely and accurately
    11. Demonstrate:
      1. empathy
      2. active listening
      3. nonverbal communication
    12. Demonstrate the principles of self-boundaries
    13. Demonstrate respect for individual diversity including:
      1. gender
      2. race
      3. religion
      4. age
      5. economic status
      6. appearance
    14. Manage appointment schedule using established priorities
    15. Schedule a patient procedure
    16. Create a patient’s medical record
    17. Organize a patient’s medical record
    18. File patient medical records
    19. Utilize an EMR
    20. Input patient data utilizing a practice management system
    21. Perform routine maintenance of administrative or clinical equipment
    22. Perform an inventory with documentation
    23. Display sensitivity when managing appointments
    24. Perform accounts receivable procedures to patient accounts including posting:
      1. charges
      2. payments
      3. adjustments
    25. Prepare a bank deposit
    26. Obtain accurate patient billing information
    27. Inform a patient of financial obligations for services rendered
    28. Demonstrate professionalism when discussing patient’s billing record
    29. Display sensitivity when requesting payment for services rendered
    30. Interpret information on an insurance card
    31. Verify eligibility for services including documentation
    32. Obtain precertification or preauthorization including documentation
    33. Complete an insurance claim form
    34. Interact professionally with third party representatives
    35. Display tactful behavior when communicating with medical providers regarding third party requirements
    36. Show sensitivity when communicating with patients regarding third party requirements
    37. Perform procedural coding
    38. Perform diagnostic coding
    39. Utilize medical necessity guidelines
    40. Utilize tactful communication skills with medical providers to ensure accurate code selection
    41. Apply HIPAA rules in regard to: a. privacy b. release of information
    42. Document patient care accurately in the medical record
    43. Apply the Patient’s Bill of Rights as it relates to:
      1. choice of treatment
      2. consent for treatment
      3. refusal of treatment
    44. Demonstrate sensitivity to patient rights
    45. Protect the integrity of the medical record
    46. Comply with:
      1. safety signs
      2. symbols
      3. labels
    47. Use proper body mechanics
    48. Recognize the physical and emotional effects on persons involved in an emergency situation
    49. Demonstrate self-awareness in responding to an emergency situation
    50. Utilize safety practices with patients:
      1. Utilizes two patient identifiers in all interactions with patients
      2. Labels specimens in front of the patient
    51. Demonstrate professionalism
      1. Arrives on time, no absenteeism
      2. Dresses in a professional manner and has proper hygiene
      3. During slack time, uses it constructively
      4. Asks questions and/or seeks help appropriately

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

       1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.

    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.

       5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.


    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Students will demonstrate administrative medical office procedures.

    1. Use feedback techniques to obtain patient information including:
    2. Respond to nonverbal communication
    3. Use medical terminology correctly and pronounced accurately to communicate information to providers and patients
    4. Coach patients
    5. Demonstrate professional telephone techniques
    6. Document telephone messages accurately
    7. Compose professional correspondence utilizing electronic technology
    8. Facilitate referrals to community resources in the role of a patient navigator
    9. Report relevant information concisely and accurately
    10. Demonstrate: communication skills
    11. Demonstrate the principles of self-boundaries
    12. Demonstrate respect for individual diversity including:
    13. Manage appointment schedule using established priorities
    14. Schedule a patient procedure
    15. Create a patient’s medical record
    16. Organize a patient’s medical record
    17. File patient medical records
    18. Utilize an EMR
    19. Input patient data utilizing a practice management system
    20. Perform routine maintenance of administrative or clinical equipment
    21. Perform an inventory with documentation
    22. Display sensitivity when managing appointments
    23. Perform accounts receivable procedures to patient accounts
    24. Prepare a bank deposit
    25. Obtain accurate patient billing information
    26. Inform a patient of financial obligations for services rendered
    27. Demonstrate professionalism when discussing patient’s billing record
    28. Display sensitivity when requesting payment for services rendered
    29. Interpret information on an insurance card
    30. Verify eligibility for services including documentation
    31. Obtain precertification or preauthorization including documentation
    32. Complete an insurance claim form
    33. Interact professionally with third party representatives
    34. Display tactful behavior when communicating with medical providers regarding third party requirements
    35. Show sensitivity when communicating with patients regarding third party requirements
    36. Perform procedural coding
    37. Perform diagnostic coding
    38. Utilize medical necessity guidelines
    39. Utilize tactful communication skills with medical providers to ensure accurate code selection
    40. Apply HIPAA rules
    41. Document patient care accurately in the medical record
    42. Apply the Patient’s Bill of Rights
    43. Demonstrate sensitivity to patient rights
    44. Protect the integrity of the medical record
    45. Comply with safety signs, symbols and labels
    46. Use proper body mechanics
    47. Recognize the physical and emotional effects on persons involved in an emergency situation
    48. Demonstrate self-awareness in responding to an emergency situation
    49. Utilize safety practices with patients: two patient identifiers in all interactions with patients and labels specimens in front of the patient
    50. Demonstrate professionalism by arriving on time, no absenteeism, dresses in a professional manner and has proper hygiene, uses slack time constructively, asks questions and/or seeks help appropriately

    Primary Faculty
    Domanke-Nuytten, Donna
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Roose, Diane
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MAST 2400 - Medical Assistant Clinical Practicum

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: MAST 1610, MAST 2010, and MAST 2020 all with grade C or better

    (formerly MAST 2800)

    MAST 2400 provides supervised clinical experience in an affiliated medical office facility to give students practical skills. This unpaid clinical practicum will be at various medical offices and hours and shifts are set by the facility. A minimum of 160 hours is required. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to graduate from the program.

    Contact Hours: 160

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Upon completion of this course, students will:

    Outcome 1: Perform diagnostic measurements for patient screening.

    Objectives:

    1. Measure and record: blood pressure, temperature, pulse, respirations, height, weight, length and head circumference (infant), and pulse oximetry.
    2. Perform electrocardiography, venipuncture, capillary puncture, and pulmonary function testing.
    3. Document measurements obtained.

    Outcome 2: Verify the rules of medication administration.

    Objectives:

    1. Determine right patient, medication, dose, route, time and documentation.

    Outcome 3: Administer medications.

    Objectives:

    1. Select proper sites for administering parenteral medication.
    2. Administer oral medications.
    3. Administer parenteral (excluding IV) medications.

    Outcome 4: Assist provider with a procedure or treatment.

    Objectives:

    1. Instruct and prepare a patient for a procedure or a treatment
    2. Assist provider with a patient exam.

    Outcome 5: Obtain specimens and perform various CLIA waived tests.

    Objectives:

    1. Perform quality control measure.
    2. Perform CLIA waived hematology, chemistry, urinalysis, immunology and microbiology tests
    3. Maintain lab test results using flow sheets.
    4. Differentiate between normal and abnormal test results.

    Outcome 6: Perform emergency protocols.

    Objectives:

    1. Produce up-to-date documentation of provider/professional level CPR.
    2. Perform first aid procedures for:
      1. bleeding
      2. diabetic coma or insulin shock
      3. fractures
      4. seizures
      5. shock
      6. syncope
    3. Incorporate critical thinking skills when performing patient assessment.
    4. Incorporate critical thinking skills when performing patient care.
    5. Show awareness of a patient’s concerns related to the procedure being performed.
    6. Calculate proper dosages of medication for administration.
    7. Select appropriate barrier/personal protective equipment.
    8. Perform hand-washing.

    Outcome 7: Practice aseptic technique.

    Objectives:

    1. Prepare items for autoclaving.
    2. Perform sterilization procedures.
    3. Prepare a sterile field.
    4. Perform within a sterile field.
    5. Perform wound care.
    6. Perform dressing change.
    7. Demonstrate proper disposal of biohazardous material:
      1. sharps
      2. regulated wastes

    Outcome 8: Outline dietary needs.

    Objectives:

    1. Instruct a patient according to patient’s special dietary needs.
    2. Show awareness of patient’s concerns regarding a dietary change.

    Outcome 9: Communicate information to providers and patients.

    Objectives:

    a. Use feedback techniques to obtain patient information including: reflection, restatement, and clarification

     

    1. Respond to nonverbal communication.
    2. Use medical terminology correctly and pronounced accurately to communicate information to providers and patients:
      1. Coach patients regarding: office policies, health maintenance, disease prevention, and treatment plan
      2. Coach patients appropriately considering: cultural diversity, developmental life stage, and communication barriers
    3. Demonstrate professional telephone techniques.
    4. Document telephone messages accurately.
    5. Compose professional correspondence utilizing electronic technology.
    6. Facilitate referrals to community resources in the role of a patient navigator.
    7. Report relevant information concisely and accurately.
    8. Demonstrate: empathy, active listening, and nonverbal communication.
    9. Demonstrate the principles of self-boundaries
      1. Demonstrate respect for individual diversity including: gender, race, religion, age, economic status, and appearance
      2. Explain to a patient the rationale for performance of a procedure

    Outcome 10: Perform medical office administrative functions.

    Objectives:

    1. Manage appointment schedule using established priorities.
    2. Schedule a patient procedure.
    3. Create a patient’s medical record.
    4. Organize a patient’s medical record.
    5. File patient medical records.
    6. Utilize an EMR.
    7. Input patient data utilizing a practice management system.
    8. Perform routine maintenance of administrative or clinical equipment.
    9. Perform an inventory with documentation.
    10. Display sensitivity when managing appointments.

    Outcome 11: Perform medical office financial procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Perform accounts receivable procedures to patient accounts including posting: charges, payments, and adjustments.
    2. Prepare a bank deposit.
    3. Obtain accurate patient billing information.
    4. Inform a patient of financial obligations for services rendered.
    5. Demonstrate professionalism when discussing patient’s billing record.
    6. Display sensitivity when requesting payment for services rendered.

    Outcome 12: Implement third party reimbursement procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Interpret information on an insurance card.
    2. Verify eligibility for services including documentation.
    3. Obtain precertification or preauthorization including documentation.
    4. Complete an insurance claim form.
    5. Interact professionally with third party representatives.
    6. Display tactful behavior when communicating with medical providers regarding third party requirements.
    7. Show sensitivity when communicating with patients regarding third party requirements.

    Outcome 13: Perform procedural and diagnostic coding.

    Objectives:

    1. Perform Procedural and Diagnostic Coding utilizing medical guidelines
    2. Utilize tactful communication skills with medical providers to ensure accurate code selection.

    Outcome 14: Differentiate between legal, ethical and moral issues affecting healthcare.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply HIPAA rules in regard to privacy and release of information.
    2. Document patient care accurately in the medical record.
    3. Apply the Patient’s Bill of Rights as it relates to choice of treatment; consent for treatment; and refusal of treatment.
    4. Demonstrate sensitivity to patient rights.
    5. Protect the integrity of the medical record.
    6. Demonstrate appropriate response(s) to ethical issues.
    7. Recognize the impact personal ethics and morals have on the delivery of healthcare.

    Outcome 15: Utilize appropriate safety and protective devices.

    Objectives:

    1. Comply with: safety signs, symbols, and labels.
    2. Demonstrate proper use of eyewash equipment, fire extinguishers, and sharps disposal containers.
    3. Use proper body mechanics.
    4. Evaluate the work environment to identify unsafe working conditions.

    Outcome 16: Utilize safety practices with patients.

    Objectives:

    1. Utilizes two patient identifiers in all interactions with patients.
    2. Labels specimens in front of the patient.

    Outcome 17: Demonstrate professionalism.

    Objectives:

    1. Arrives on time, no absenteeism.
    2. Dresses in a professional manner and has proper hygiene.
    3. During slack time, uses it constructively.
    4. Asks questions and/or seeks help appropriately.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Perform diagnostic measurements for patient screening
    2. Verify the rules of medication administration
    3. Administer Medications
    4. Assist Provider with a procedure or treatment
    5. Obtain Specimens and perform various CLIA waived tests
    6. Perform Emergency Protocols
    7. Practice Aseptic technique
    8. Outline Dietary Needs
    9. Communicate Information to Providers and Patients
    10. Perform Medical Office Administrative Functions
    11. Perform Medical Office Financial Procedures
    12. Implement Third Party Reimbursement Procedures
    13. Perform procedural and diagnostic coding
    14. Differentiate Between Legal, Ethical and Moral Issues Affecting Healthcare
    15. Utilize Appropriate Safety and Protective Devices
    16. Utilize Safety practices with patients
    17. Demonstrate professionalism

    Primary Faculty
    Domanke-Nuytten, Donna
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Roose, Diane
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MAST 2500 - Medical Assistant Refresher/Exam Review

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course provides a capstone review for students or graduates from medical assistant programs and experienced medical assistants who are preparing to take the national certification exam. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis.

    Contact Hours: 48

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this review course, students will be able to use appropriate and professional communication in the medical office to promote healthy behaviors relating to a diverse population.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and define medical terms, word parts, and abbreviations related to all body systems.
    2. Distinguish between normal function and pathology of the body.
    3. Differentiate between legal, ethical, and moral issues affecting healthcare including standard of practice and HIPPA.
    4. Compare body structure and function of the human body across the life span.
    5. Recognize elements of fundamental writing skills.
    6. Identify resources required to instruct patients according to their needs to promote health maintenance and disease prevention.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe administrative functions in the medical office.

    Objectives:

    1. Differentiate between electronic versus paper methods for filing and record keeping.
    2. Identify critical information required for patient appointment scheduling, patient admissions or procedures.
    3. Identify types of records and equipment and supplies needed for record keeping.
    4. Identify types of insurance plans and models of managed care.
    5. Distinguish between diagnostic and procedural coding.
    6. Differentiate between bookkeeping, accounting, and accounts receivable and payable.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to describe clinical skills utilized in the medical office.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the infection cycle, asepsis and infection control procedures.
    2. Identify proper equipment and assist with patient assessment including measurement and positioning, and minor surgical procedures.
    3. Identify proper equipment, placement, patient preparation, and instruction for the procedures.
    4. Recognize OSHA standards, laboratory safety and equipment.
    5. Differentiate quality control standards.
    6. Recognize components of nutrition, food pyramid, and therapeutic diets.
    7. Identify classifications, effects, side effects, and adverse reactions of medications.
    8. Identify proper dosages, units of measure, and abbreviations in calculating medication dosages.
    9. Describe personal protective equipment, body mechanics and safety techniques to prevent accidents, evacuation in a healthcare environment, fire safety, and an emergency plan for emergencies or natural disaster.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to calculate proper medication dosages.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of basic math computations such as fractions, decimals and percentages.
    2. Locate dosage strengths utilizing oral and parenteral medication labels.
    3. Calculate dosage strengths utilizing oral and parenteral medication labels.
    4. State the rules of medication administration.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to complete mock computerized exams in preparation for a national certification examination.

    Objectives:

    1. Complete the Mock CMA Exam.
    2. Complete the quizzes assigned by topic.
    3. Complete the Online publisher’s exam.
    4. Complete the HESI exam.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. General Knowledge
      1. Medical Terminology
      2. Law and ethics
      3. Anatomy and Physiology
      4. Psychology and Stages of Human Growth and Development
      5. Communication: written and mail processing
      6. Patient Education
    2. Review Administrative Knowledge
      1. Administrative Technologies
      2. Appointment Scheduling
      3. Medical Records
      4. Correspondence
      5. Medical Insurance
      6. Medical Coding and Claims
      7. Financial Practices
      8. Practice Management
    3. Review Clinical Knowledge
      1. Microorganisms and Asepsis
      2. Patient Exams, assisting, vital signs
      3. Minor Surgical Procedures
      4. Electrocardiography
      5. Laboratory Procedures/Phlebotomy
      6. Medical Imaging
      7. Physical Modalities
      8. Nutrition
      9. Pharmacology and Medication Administration
      10. Emergency Preparedness

    Primary Faculty
    Domanke-Nuytten, Donna
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Roose, Diane
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Metal Craft Theory

  
  • ATMT 1150 - Machine Theory-Machine Tool Laboratory 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Basic theory and operations of the fundamental machines used in a modern machine shop. Basic skills and technical knowledge are covered for drill presses, shapers, lathes, and milling machines. Safe work habits are emphasized. Inspection is an integral part of the course.

    Contact Hours: 3

    South Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop safe work habits.

    Objectives:

    1. Learn proper use of safety equipment.
    2. Learn safe dressing practices.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use precision measuring instruments.

    Objectives:

    1. Measure objects using micrometers and calipers.
    2. Locate workpiece edges using wiggler/edge finders.
    3. Scribe objects with Height gauge.
    4. Tram objects using a dial indicator.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to setup and operate typical machines used in a machine shop.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify parts, nomenclature, and attachments of the drill press.
    2. Identify parts, nomenclature, and attachments of the engine lathe.
    3. Identify parts, nomenclature, and attachments of the horizontal and vertical milling machines.
    4. Identify parts, nomenclature, and attachments of the pedestal grinder.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Shop Orientation / Safety Decimal Problems: Interpreting Decimal Values General Safety
    2. Basic Layout and Measuring / Tool Metrology Problems: Using Measuring Tools Correctly and Precisely
    3. Lathe / Nomenclature / 411 / Cutting Speeds and Feeds / Work Driving Methods Setup Problems: Become Familiar with Lathe Terminology and Functions
    4. Lathe Straight / Turning, Facing / Shouldering / Knurling / Undercutting Problems: Lathe Demonstration Working with Taps and Dies
    5. Drill Press and Drill Procedures Problems: Drill Press Demonstration Tapping, Reaming Counter-boring
    6. Vertical Milling Machines Nomenclature / Setup and Basic Use Problems: Become Familiar with Mill Terminology and Function, Indicating Vise, Training Heat, etc.
    7. Vertical Milling Machines Cutters and Accessories Problems: Vertical Milling Machine Demo Squaring Stock, Cutting Angles, etc. Review Problems: General Shop Assignment

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1160 - Machine Theory-Machine Tool Laboratory 2

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ATMT 1150 or consent of apprenticeship coordinator

    Advanced operations on the drill press and lathe in a modern machine shop. Safety in threading, taper turning and boring is emphasized. Layout and bench procedures are also an integral part of this course.

    Contact Hours: 3

    South Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to grind high-speed steel cutting tools using a pedestal grinder.

    Objectives:

    1. Grind clearance angles on lathe tools.
    2. Grind rake angles on lathe tools.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manufacture ID/OD threads using an engine lathe.

    Objectives:

    1. Learn thread nomenclature.
    2. Calculate thread data using appropriate formulas.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manufacture tapers using an engine lathe.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify parts and nomenclature of tapers.
    2. Calculate taper data using appropriate formulas.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to grind components to required surface finish using a surface grinder.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify parts and nomenclature of surface grinders.
    2. Identify parts and nomenclature of cylindrical grinders.
    3. Properly select grinding wheels and grades.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manufacture spur gears using horizontal milling machine.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify parts and nomenclature of spur gears.
    2. Calculate movement to cut a spur gear on a dividing head.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Orientation Safety Measure Review and Layout
    2. Lathe Thread Formation and Calculation, Cutting Threads - External and Internal
    3. Lathe - Turning and Checking Tapers
    4. Horizontal Mills Dividing Head Indexing, Simple and Direct Indexing, Angular Indexing
    5. Gears and Gear Cutting, Spur Gear Calculation, Cutting a Gear, Gear Inspection
    6. Grinding and Abrasive Machining, Grinding Wheel Selection, Dressing the Grinding Wheel, Grinding Fluid, Surface Grinding, Work Holding Devices, Problems and Solution in Surface Grinding
    7. Practical Theory Applications

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1210 - Machine Theory-Benchwork, Drill Presses & Lathes

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Theory of linear and surface finish measurement as well as the proper use of the tools and instruments used in these areas. Also covered is the proper use and care of the hand tools used in such operations as scraping, filing, sawing, chipping, and layout procedures. Drill press and lathe operations and the tools and accessories used on each are studied in addition to screw threads and standard taper design.

    Contact Hours: 2

    South Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe machine shop safety, hand tools, arbor presses, work holding devices, bench files and off hand grinding.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on machine shop safety and hand tools, list the safety requirements in the machine shop and explain the proper hand tools for specific tasks and their proper use with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on arbor presses and work holding devices, list the proper type arbor press for specific tasks and list the proper work holding devices for machine shop specific processes with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on bench files and off-hand grinding, list the proper file for specific benching and finishing processes and describe the off-hand grinding procedures used in the machine shop with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe basic and precision dimensional measurement in machining and finishing, detail layout, micrometers, verniers, gage blocks and comparison measuring processes.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on basic and precision dimensional measurement and detail layout, describe basic and precision dimensional measurement and define the process of detail layout with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on micrometers and verniers, read the micrometer and vernier scales for Metric and English dimensional unit precision measurement with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on gage blocks and comparison measurement, calculate the minimum gage block stacks for machine shop set up and describe the comparison measuring processes used in the machine shop.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe drilling machines, drilling machine tooling, and drilling machine processes.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on drilling machines, identify the proper drilling machine for specific drilling operations; determine machine size and capacity with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on drilling machine tooling, identify the proper tooling for specific drilling operations with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on drilling machine processes, state the proper process and calculate the correct speeds and feeds on drilling machines for the following with 80% accuracy:
      1. Drilling.
      2. Countersinking.
      3. Counter-boring.
      4. Reaming.
      5. Tapping.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe turning machines, turning machine tooling, and turning machine processes.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on turning machines, identify the various types of turning machines; identify the correct turning machine for specific turning operations, including machine size and capacity with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on turning machine tooling, identify the proper tooling for specific turning operations with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on turning machine processes, state the proper turning process and calculate speeds and feeds on turning machines for the following with 80% accuracy:
      1. Turning.
      2. Facing.
      3. Drilling.
      4. Knurling.
      5. Recessing.
      6. Parting.
      7. Boring.
      8. Threading.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Shop Safety; Introduction to Mechanical Hardware
    2. Hand Tools; Arbor and Shop Presses; Work Molding for Hand Operation; Non-Cutting Hand Tools; Hacksaws; Files and Off Hand Grinding
    3. Dimensional Measurement; Systems of Measurement
    4. Using Micrometer Instruments; Layout; Basic Semi-Precision Layout
    5. Using Vernier Calipers and Vernier Depth Gages; Basic Precision Layout Practices
    6. Using Gage Blocks; Using Angular Measuring; Instruments
    7. Using Comparison Measuring Instruments
    8. Drilling Machines; The Drill Press; Drilling Tools; Hand Grinding of Drills on the Pedestal Grinder
    9. Work Locating and Holding Devices on Drilling Machines; Operating Drilling Machines Countersinking and Counter-boring; Reaming in the Drill Press
    10. Hand Reamers; Identification and Uses of Taps; Tapping Procedures; Thread Cutting Dies and their Uses
    11. Turning Machines; The Engine Lathe; Tool-holders and Tool Holding for the Lathe; Cutting Tools for the Lathe
    12. Lathe Spindle Tooling Operating the Machine Controls; Facing and Center Drilling Turning Between Centers; Alignment of the Lathe Centers; Drilling, Boring, Reaming, Knurling, Recessing, Parting, and Tapping in the Lathe
    13. Sixty-Degree Thread Information and Calculations; Cutting Unified External Threads; Cutting Unified Internal Threads; Taping, Turning, Taper Boring, and Forming Using Steady and Follow Rests
    14. Additional Thread Forms; Cutting Acme Threads on the Lathe; Using Carbides and Other Tools; Materials on the Lathe

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1250 - Machine Theory Shapers, Planers, Mills & Grinders

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    The mechanism, operations, tools, and accessories of the shaper, planer, milling machines, cylindrical grinders, internal grinders, centerless grinders, surface grinders, jig grinders, and cutter grinders are studied. Theory and application of indexing, helical and spiral milling, grinding wheel, and lapping are included.

    Contact Hours: 2

    South Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe sawing machines, shapers, gear cutting, and calculation of speeds and feeds for machining in the machine shop.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on sawing machines and shapers, list the proper sawing machine and shaper for specific machine shop cutting operations with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on gear cutting operations, list the gear cutting machines for specific types of gear cutting in the machine shop with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on speeds and feeds used in the machine shop calculate the correct speeds and feeds for machining operations with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe vertical and horizontal milling and boring machines, milling and boring tooling and milling and boring machine processes.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on vertical and horizontal milling and boring machines, identify the types of milling and boring machines, identify the correct milling and boring machine for specific milling and boring operations, including machine size and capacity with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on vertical and horizontal milling and boring machine tooling, identify the proper tooling for specific milling and boring operations with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on vertical and horizontal milling and boring machine processes, state the proper milling and boring process, calculate speeds and feeds on milling and boring operations for the following with 80% accuracy:
      1. Milling.
      2. Boring.
      3. Drilling.
      4. Indexing.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe grinding machines, grinding machine tooling and grinding machine processes.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on grinding machines, identify the types of grinding machines, identify the correct grinding machine for specific grinding operations, including machine size and capacity with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on grinding machine tooling, identify the proper tooling for specific grinding operations with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on grinding machine processes, state the proper grinding process, calculate speeds and feeds on grinding machine operations for the following with 80% accuracy:
      1. Dry surface grinding.
      2. Wet surface grinding.
      3. Cylindrical grinding.
      4. Outside diameters.
      5. Inside diameters.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Sawing machines - using reciprocating and horizontal band cutoff machines
    2. Abrasives and cold saws - preparing to use the vertical band machine, using the vertical band machines
    3. Shapers‐speeds and feeds‐ using the shaper
    4. Gears and gear cutting - introduction to gears‐spur gear terms and calculations; cutting a spur gear; gear inspection and measurements
    5. Vertical milling machines; the vertical spindle milling machines
    6. Setups on the vertical milling machine; vertical milling machine operation; Feeds and speeds for end milling; using the offset boring head
    7. Horizontal milling machines; plain and universal horizontal milling cutters
    8. Setting speeds and feeds for horizontal milling; workholding methods and standard setups; machine setup and techniques for plain milling; Using side milling
    9. Rotary tables and indexing devices‐ setup and operation of indexing heads and rotary tables; direct and simple indexing; angular indexing
    10. Grinding and abrasive machining processes; selection and identification of grinding wheels
    11. Trueing, dressing, and balancing of grinding wheels; grinding fluids, Horizontal spindle, reciprocating table surface grinder; using the surface grinder
    12. Problems and solutions in surface grinding; center type cylindrical grinders; universal tool and cutter grinder
    13. Preparation for machining operations; machinability and chip formation; speeds and feeds for machine tools; carbide and other tool materials

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1260 - Die Theory 1

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly ATMT 2912)

    This course covers the basic theory and function of dies.  The standard components of dies, different types of dies, and die function are major elements of the course.

    Contact Hours: 2

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe dies and their main components.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe a die.
    2. Describe the standard components of a die.
    3. Identify the components of the lower die shoe and its relation to the die retainer and die button.
    4. Identify the components of the upper die shoe and its relation to the punch retainer.
    5. Describe the materials used to make die components.
    6. Describe the various types of dies used in industry.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe die function and maintenance.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe how the die creates parts.
    2. Identify die setups for sheet metal bending.
    3. Describe basic die maintenance.
    4. Troubleshoot die operation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Types of dies.
    2. Standard die components.
    3. The lower die shoe.
    4. The upper die shoe.
    5. Materials used to make die components.
    6. Die function.
    7. Die setups.
    8. Die maintenance.
    9. Troubleshooting dies.

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1270 - Die Theory 2

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly ATMT 2913)

    This course provides a comprehensive understanding of die stamping components and operations.  Major elements of the course include: die stamping tooling, die stock materials and stock material feeding and handling equipment, and punch presses and accessories.

    Contact Hours: 2

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe die stamping components and operations.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe die stamping operations.
    2. Describe the components of die stamping.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe die stamping tooling and the associated terminology.

    Objectives:

    1. Define types of die sets.
    2. Define commonly used die set terminology.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe die stock materials and stock material feeding and handling equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify types of die stock materials.
    2. Describe the fabrication of die stock materials.
    3. Describe stock material feeding and handling equipment.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe punch presses and accessories and the associated terminology.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe punch presses and accessories.
    2. Define commonly used punch press terminology.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Types of die stamping operations
      1. Cutting, piercing, bending, forming, drawing, progressive
    2. Components of die stamping
      1. Dies, punches, pilots, stripper plates, shedders, pressure pads, knockouts, nest gauges, stock guides, pushers
    3. Types of die sets
      1. Open, back post, diagonal post, center post, four post and heel type corner post
    4. Die set terminology
      1. Die shoe, punch shoe, guide post, bushing, shank, flange, bolt slot, die area and shut height
    5. Types of die stock materials
      1. Ferrous, non-ferrous and non-metallic
    6. Fabrication of die stock materials
      1. Shearing and slitting
    7. Stock material feeding and handling equipment
      1. Reel, cradle, ram feed, hitch feed, hopper feed, dial feed, magazine feed, cam feed, chute, slide, combination feeding and straightening machines
    8. Punch presses and accessories
      1. Straight-sided, under drive, high speed, single-action, double-action, back-geared, manual, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic and transfer
    9. Punch press terminology
      1. Bolster plate, ram, frame, fly wheel, tonnage, stroke, cycle, shut height and die cushion

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1300 - Metallurgy Characteristics of Ferrous Metals

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Provides an understanding of the production structure and application of ferrous metals. Includes properties of ferrous metals, production of steel, cast iron, and a general background in basic heat treatment of steel.

    Contact Hours: 2

    South Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe iron and steel making, material standards for iron and steel, iron/carbon equilibrium diagram.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on iron and steel making, list and describe the processes of manufacture, types of manufacturing equipment and the standard forms in the making of iron and steel with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on iron and steel material standards, list and describe the AISI material standards used to describe iron and steel with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented of the iron/carbon equilibrium diagram, list and describe the effects of carbon content on metallurgical structure with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the heat treatment of steels, mechanical testing of steels and Metallography of steels.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on heat treatment of steels, list and describe the heat treatment processes of steels and the metallurgical structure changes with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on mechanical testing of steels, list and describe the AISI testing procedures and mechanical properties of steels with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on Metallography of steels, list and describe the process of Metallography preparation and inspection of steels with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe cast irons, stainless steels and tool steels.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on cast irons, list and describe the types of cast irons, properties of cast irons with varying alloys, the processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on stainless steels, list and describe the types of stainless steels, properties of stainless steels with varying alloys, the processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on tool steels, list and describe the types of tool steels, properties of tool steels with varying alloys, the processes.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Introduction and Orientation to the Course. Introduction to Metallurgy.
    2. Iron and Steel ‐ Iron Making ‐ Reduction Steel Making, Plants. Furnaces Steel Forms.
    3. Iron and Steel Making Continued. Materials Standards.
    4. Material Standards Continued Carbon Steel ‐ Crystal Structure and Phases.
    5. Carbon Steel Continued ‐ Iron Carbon Equilibrium Diagram. Reference Chapter
    6. Heat Treatment of Steels ‐ Austenizing Quenching Tempering; Annealing and Case Hardening.
    7. Mechanical Testing‐Applying Mechanical Forces. Test Conditions Dynamic and Static Mechanical Test.
    8. Mechanical Testing Continued Hardness Testing. Metallography - Metallographic Examination; Grain Size.
    9. Metallography‐Image Analysis Physical Properties and Temperature Measurement.
    10. Cast Iron ‐ Carbon Equivalent (Gray ‐ White ‐ Malleable Ductile ‐ Compacted Graphite and Alloy Irons).
    11. Stainless Steels (Martensitic ‐ Ferritic and Austenitic Stainless Steels) Cast Stainless Steels.
    12. Tool Steels ‐ Water Hardening ‐ Cold Worked, Shock Resisting, Special Purpose, Mold and Hot Worked.

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1310 - Metallurgy Characteristics of Non-Ferrous Metals

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Understanding metals and their application. Topics to be covered: nonferrous metals, theory of alloys, physical metallurgy, aluminum, magnesium, copper, bearing metals, die casting, powder metallurgy, surface treatment, new metals and applications, and welding metallurgy.

    Contact Hours: 2

    South Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe Copper and Copper alloys, Nickel and Cobalt, Aluminum and Aluminum alloys.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on Copper and Copper alloys, list and describe Copper and Copper alloys, properties of Copper and Copper Alloys, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on Nickel and Cobalt materials, list and describe Nickel and Cobalt metals, properties of Nickel and Cobalt metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on Aluminum and Aluminum alloys, list and describe Aluminum and Aluminum alloys, properties of Aluminum and Aluminum alloys, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe Magnesium, Titanium and Titanium alloys, Lead, Tin and Zinc.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on Magnesium, list and describe Magnesium metals, properties of Magnesium metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on Titanium and Titanium alloys, list and describe Titanium and Titanium alloys, properties of Titanium and Titanium alloys, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on Lead, Tin and Zinc, list and describe Lead, Tin and Zinc metals, properties of Lead, Tin and Zinc metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, course the learner will be able to describe precious metals, refractory metals and specialty metals.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on precious metals, list and describe precious metals, properties of precious metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on refractory metals, list and describe refractory metals, properties of refractory metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented of specialty metals, list and describe specialty metals, properties of specialty metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Introduction to Course. Copper and Copper Alloys
    2. Copper and Copper Alloys
    3. Nickel and Cobalt
    4. Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys
    5. Magnesium
    6. Titanium and Titanium Alloys
    7. Lead, Tin & Zinc
    8. Lead, Tin, Zinc Precious Refractory Metals
    9. Precious, Refractory and Specialty Metals
    10. Refractory and Specialty Metals Casting
    11. Casting powder Metals

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1650 - Millwright Theory Millwright Theory 1

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    The proper use of tools and equipment used by the industrial millwright will be studied. The principles of machinery and equipment, i.e., screw threads, flat belts, belt splicing, structural steel, wire rope, wire rope fittings, slings, hoisting chains, grinding wheels, and metal saws will also be studied.

    Contact Hours: 2

    South Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe machinery and equipment installation, principles of power transmission, ‘V’ belt drives, and flat belt drives.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on machinery and equipment installation, list the proper procedures for the installation of machinery and equipment with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on principles of power transmission, list the principles of power transmission with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on ‘V’ belt and flat belt drives, specify the correct drives for applications and calculate the belt and pulley sizes with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe gearing, chain drives, drive couplings and bearings.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on gearing, list the types of gears for power transmission and calculate gearing ratios for power transmission with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on chain drives, list the types of chain drives and sprockets for specific applications, calculate the power transmission ratios of chain drives with chain and sprocket sizes with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on drive couplings for power transmission, list the types of drive couplings for industrial applications and calculate the power transmission ratios in direct drive and clutching couplings with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on bearings, list the types of bearings for industrial applications based on loads and speeds with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe gaskets, packings, seals, structural steel, screw threads, mechanical fasteners and pipe fittings.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on gaskets, packings and seals, identify the correct gasket, packing or seal for industrial applications based on system pressures and movement with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on structural steel, identify the types of structural for industrial applications and list the geometric shapes and sizes of structural steel with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on screw threads, list the screw thread form and series for industrial applications; identify the types of screw threads for English and Metric thread series with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on mechanical fasteners, list the standard mechanical fasteners available for industrial applications and identify the mechanical fasteners for industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    5. Using the material presented on pipe and pipefittings, list the standard pipe and pipe fittings available for industrial applications and identify the pipe and pipefittings both straight and taper thread for industrial applications based on pressure and volume requirements with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Drawing, Sketches
    2. Machinery and Equipments Installation, Layout, Arc Method, 3‐4‐5 Method, Machinery Foundations, Vibration
    3. Principles of Power Transmission Belts, Calculations
    4. V‐Belt Drives, Fractional Horsepower Belts, Wedge Belts, Alignment, Tension Selection, Maintenance of U Belts and Drive, Installation
    5. Flat Belts, Belt Speed, Pulley Diameters, Slippage, Length, Strength, Joints, Installation, Drive Arrangements, Maintenance, Alignment and Shafting
    6. Gears - Spur Gears, Circular Pitch, Pitch Calculations, and Other Gear Types
    7. Chain Drives, Standard Roller Chain, Roller Chain Sprockets, Installation, Maintenance, Replacement, Silent Chain Sprockets, Installation, Maintenance, Replacement
    8. Couplings, Coupling Types, Rigid, Flexible, Styles of Flexible Couplings, Alignment Operations, Straight Edge, Thickness Gage Method, Indicator Method, Offset Shaft Couplings
    9. Packings and Seals. Stuffing Boxes, Lantern Rings, Mechanical Seals, Seal Lubrication, Balancing, “O” Rings, Formed and Molded Packing, Installation and Operation, Packing Procedure, Radial Lip Seals
    10. Bearings. Radial Bearings, Thrust Bearings, Guide Bearings, Plain Bearings, Bearing Materials, Bearing Design, Lubrication Holes and Grooves, Bearing Failures, Anti‐Friction Bearings, Ball Bearings Dimensions, Bearing Types, Taper Bore Spherical Roller Bearings, Adjustment of Taper Bore Spherical Roller Bearing, Bearing Nomenclature, Bearing Handling, Transmission Unit Bearings
    11. Structural Steel, Standard Angles, Beams, Channels, Structural Steel Bolts, Torque Wrench
    12. Screw Threads, Coarse and Fine Threads, Diameters, Thread Designations
    13. Mechanical Fasteners, Standard Bolts, Screws, Nuts, Grade Markings
    14. Pipe Fittings, Pipe Threads, Taper Thread Connections, Measurements, Steam Traps, Fire Protection

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1660 - Millwright Theory Millwright Theory 2

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATMT 1650

    Mechanical power transmission equipment principles of antifriction bearings, bearing life and failure, bearing maintenance, mounting of bearings, trouble shooting, couplings, universal joints, drive chains, speed reducers, Vbelts, mechanical fasteners, lubrication.

    Contact Hours: 2

    South Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe carpentry, saw sharpening, and wood fastening.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on carpentry, list the proper tools for carpentry applications, list the standard carpentry materials and sizes, and calculate materials required for jobs with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on saw sharpening, list the proper tools for saw sharpening, list the correct cutting angles for sharpening saws, and describe the process to sharpen saws with80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on wood fastening, list the proper wood fasteners for applications and describe the processes of fastening wood with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe sheet metal fabrication, blacksmithing, rigging hoists, and rigging support structures.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on sheet metal fabrication, list sheet metal fabrication tools and processes including cutting, forming, seaming, fastening, and joining with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on blacksmithing, list the blacksmithing processes and tools including their proper use and blacksmithing applications with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on rigging, list the hoisting systems, structural support systems, and cable and roping systems used for rigging with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe electricity, welding, pumps, air compressors, hydraulics, and pneumatics.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the materials presented on electricity, list the cautions associated with energized equipment during servicing, describe the proper procedures for lock out with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the materials presented on welding fabrication, list and describe the welding processes used by the millwright, including selection of filler materials, joint preparation, and finishing including heat treatment with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the materials presented on pumps and air compressors, list and describe types of pumps and air compressors used for industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the materials presented on hydraulics and pneumatics, describe the types of hydraulic and pneumatic systems used in industrial applications for power transmission with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Carpentry - commercial lumber sizes, squares levels, miter boxes, plumb and layout
    2. Carpentry - construction principles, rafters, braces, floor, wall and roof framing, and sheathing
    3. Saw and Sharpening - hand saws, band saws, circular saws
    4. Wood Fasteners - the penny system, nails, screws and bolts
    5. Sheet Metal Work - edges, seams, and pattern development
    6. Blacksmithing - tools, forges, fluxes, welding tempering, thermal critical points
    7. Rigging and hoisting - (basic math and calculations)
    8. Ropes - knotting, care of ropes, chains, pulleys, differential blocks, work hoists
    9. Supporting Structures - gin poles, derricks, rope splicing, wire rope fittings, slings
    10. Electricity - definitions of terms, C motors, three phase, single phase, capacitor start‐synchronous motors. Control, circuits, and generators
    11. Welding - shielding metal arc and gas, TIG Oxyacetylene, definition of terms, power sources, duty cycle, electro slag, stud welding, submerged arc
    12. Pumps - Centrifugal, reciprocating, rotary single and two‐stage coolers
    13. Air Compressors - Heat of compression, single and two stage, intercoolers and after coolers, actual discharge, volumetric effects
    14. Hydraulics and Pneumatics - Principles, control valves cylinders, accumulators, portable table

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1700 - Thermoplastic & Thermosetting Materials

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A practical overview of the plastics industry, sources of plastics and typical plastic applications. The basic chemistry of polymers, material properties, cost and composition of both thermoplastic and thermosetting materials are studied. The fundamentals for material selection, testing procedures and product design are reviewed. Plastics to be studied include engineering resins, elastomers, reinforced materials and high strength composites.

    Contact Hours: 2

    South Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the history of plastics, the plastics industry today, elementary polymer chemistry, health and safety of plastics.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on history of plastics and the plastics industry today, list the chronological order of plastics materials and application development and describe the plastics industries contributions to today’s products with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on elementary polymer chemistry, describe elements used to build plastics, describe the bonding of elements to build plastics, describe molecular structure of plastics, describe resins and addition and condensation polymerization process with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on health and safety of plastics, describe the cautions when molding and finishing plastics, and list the data found in the Material Safety Data Sheets accompanying plastics materials with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the elementary statistics applied in the plastics industry, describe the properties and tests of plastics materials and products for product applications, the ingredients of plastics, characterization and selection of plastics.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on elementary statistics applied in the plastics industry, list and apply the statistical tools used to analyze plastics materials and plastic products with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the materials presented on properties and tests of plastics, list and describe the appropriate tests determining mechanical, physical, thermal, optical, and electrical plastics properties with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on the ingredients of plastics, list and describe the ingredients and effects on mechanical, physical, thermal, optical and electrical plastics properties with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on characterization and selection of plastics, list and describe characteristics used to select plastics materials and plastic product applications with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe machining and finishing of plastics, radiation of plastics, thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics applications.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on machining and finishing of plastics, list and describe the plastics machining and finishing processes, list the tools and tool geometry for machining and finishing plastics, describe the problems inherent in machining and finishing thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on radiation of plastics, describe the changes in molecular structure of plastics from controlled exposure of gamma and beta radiation with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics applications, list and describe processes and product applications for thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Introductions and Orientation to the Course. History of Plastics.
    2. Plastics Industry Today.
    3. Elementary Polymer Chemistry.
    4. Health and Safety of Plastics.
    5. Elementary Statistics for Plastics.
    6. Properties and Tests of Plastics.
    7. Ingredients of Plastics.
    8. Characterization and Selection of Commercial Plastics.
    9. Machining and Finishing of Plastics.
    10. Plastics and Radiation.
    11. Thermoplastics - Applications.
    12. Thermoset Plastics - Applications.

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1750 - Plastic Product Design & Tooling

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A course focusing on plastic product and tooling design, including the product design process, designing for assembly, machining, finishing and decorating of plastic. Material selection is reviewed including injection systems, ejection systems, undercuts and mold components. Students will complete a comprehensive plastic product design.

    Contact Hours: 2

    South Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the plastic product design process, plastic product performance requirements, plastic processing methods, optimizing plastic product function, and reducing manufacturing costs.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on plastic product design process, list and describe the elements of sequential plastic product design process with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on plastic product performance requirements, list and describe the plastic product design and processing requirements required for successful plastics product performance with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on plastic processing methods, list and describe the processing method design requirements for successful plastic product design with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on optimizing plastic product function, list and describe design elements for optimizing plastic product function with 80% accuracy.
    5. Using the material presented on reducing manufacturing cost of plastic products, list and describe the design elements for reducing manufacturing costs with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the plastic prototyping and testing, general plastic product design, structural plastic product design, and plastic product design for assembly.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on plastics product prototyping and testing, describe the plastic prototyping process and testing to gain product performance information for successful production plastic product design and tooling design.
    2. Using the material presented on general plastic product design, list the general plastic product design requirements for thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on structural plastic product design, list the structural plastic product design requirements for thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on plastics product design for assembly, list and describe the interference fits used in plastics product design for successful assembly with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe machining and finishing processes for plastics products, painting, plating and decorating plastics products, and mold design for plastics products.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on machining and finishing processes for plastics products list and describe the machining and finishing processes, list the tools, tool geometry, speeds and feeds for machining and finishing plastics, and describe the problems inherent with machining and finishing thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on painting, plating and decorating plastics, list and describe the processes and product applications, which enhance plastics products appearance and function with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on mold design for plastics products, list and describe the mold design requirements for the plastics processing methods for functional molds and related tooling with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Introduction and Orientation to Course: The Design Process, Defining Plastic Part Requirements
    2. Processing Methods, Optimizing Product Function, Reducing Manufacturing Costs and Prototype Testing
    3. General Design
    4. Structural Design
    5. Design for Assembly
    6. Machining and Finishing
    7. Painting, Plating and Decorating
    8. Mold Design
    9. Mold Design Check List

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 1950 - Science Physics 1: Mechanics

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATAM 2150 or consent of apprenticeship coordinator

    A study of measurement; molecular motion; liquid pressure and Pascal’s law; force systems; rectilinear motion; work power and energy; momentum and simple machine elements. Emphasis is on practical application utilizing the English engineering system of units.

    Contact Hours: 2

    South Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use the metric and the N.A.S. units of measurements to solve physics problems.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a set of IP measurements, the student will determine the length, area, and volume of rectangular and cylindrical objects to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given a set of metric measurements, the student will determine the length, area, and volume of rectangular and cylindrical objects to an accuracy of 70%.
    3. Given a set of IP dimensions, the student will determine the metric equivalent to an accuracy of 70%.
    4. Given a set of metric dimensions, the student will determine the IP equivalent to an accuracy of 70%.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to distinguish between weight and mass.

    Objectives:

    1. Given the formula F=ma, the student will identify F as the weight, m as the mass and a as the acceleration or gravity to an accuracy of 100%.
    2. Given the formula F=ma and a series of realistic situations using IP and metric units, the student will determine the weight or the mass of an object to an accuracy of 70%.
    3. Given the formula F=ma and the various effects of gravity on earth and the moon using IP and metric units, the student will determine the weight or the mass of an object to an accuracy of 70%.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to state the law of conservation of momentum and apply it to physical problems.

    Objectives:

    1. Given final exam questions, the student will identify the definition of Newton’s Third Law, to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given final exam questions, the student will identify the definition of momentum, to an accuracy of 70%.
    3. Given the formula p=mv, the student will identify p as the momentum, m as the mass and v as the velocity to an accuracy of 100%.
    4. Given the formulas p=mv and p1=p2 and a series of realistic situations using IP and metric units, the student will prove the conservation of momentum, to an accuracy of 70%.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the concept of work and apply it to practical problems.

    Objectives:

    1. Given final exam questions, the student will identify the definition of work, to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given the formula W=Fs, the student will identify W as work, F as the force applied in the direction of motion and s as the displacement to an accuracy of 100%.
    3. Given the formula W=Fs and a series of realistic situations using IP and metric units, the student will determine the work performed, force applied or displacement of an object to an accuracy of 70%.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe how a machine is used to transfer energy from one place to another.

    Objectives:

    1. Given final exam questions, the student will identify the definitions of effort, resistance, and mechanical advantage, to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given the formula FRxsR=FExsE and a series of realistic situations using IP and metric units, the student will determine the mechanical advantage, force or distance to an accuracy of 70%.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Measurement and the Metric System
    2. Vectors: Magnitude and Displacement
    3. Motion: Velocity and Acceleration
    4. Force: Inertia, Acceleration, Friction, Gravity & Weight
    5. Force: Action & Reaction, Momentum, Collisions
    6. Force: Concurrent Forces, Concurrent Forces in Equilibrium
    7. Force: Torque, Parallel Forces, Center of Gravity
    8. Work and Energy: Work, Power
    9. Work and Energy: Energy, Conservation of Energy
    10. Rotational Motion: Measurement, Curved Path, Gears, Pulleys
    11. Simple Machines: Mechanical Advantage, Levers, Wheel and Axle, Pulleys
    12. Simple Machines: Inclined Plane, Screw, Compound Machines
    13. Matier: Properties of Matier, Solids, Liquids, Gases, Density

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 2210 - Plastic Mold & Die Cast Die Theory

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Plastic molding processes and the construction and engineering requirements of molds used for each molding process. The various mold making techniques, materials and fabrication techniques used to manufacture molds. Engineering and design specifications for mold construction and costing are studied.

    Contact Hours: 2

    South Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe mold design basics for the plastics molding processes and die casting processes which include size of mold base, required plates, plate thickness, types of tool steels, ejection stroke, injection system, press type and size.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on mold design basics, list and describe the plastics molding processes, list and describe mold base sizing, required plates, plate thickness, types of tool steels, ejection system, and injection system with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on mold design basics, list and describe the die casting processes, list and describe mold base sizing, required plates, plate thickness, types of tool steels, ejection system and injection system with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on mold design basics, list and describe the plastics molding and die casting machine tools for plastics and die casting including press type and size with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe plastics mold and die cast mold action areas, plastics mold and die cast mold runners, gating and venting, plastics mold and die cast mold temperature control.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe mold action actions to eliminate die lock conditions with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe mold runner systems required to inject materials into the molds with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe mold gating and venting systems required to inject materials into the molds with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe mold temperature control systems required for the molding processes with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe plastics mold and die cast mold alignment systems, mold repair procedures, mold protection and storage and plastics and die cast product defects related to molds.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe mold alignment systems with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe mold repair procedures including welding processes with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe mold protection and the preparation requirements for short term and long term storage with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on plastics molds and die cast molds, list and describe the plastics and die cast product defects as they relate to mold design and mold construction with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. The Injection Molding Concept and the Importance of the Mold
    2. Mold Design Basics
    3. Mold Construction Basics
    4. Action Areas of the Mold
    5. Mold Runners, Gating and Venting
    6. Mold Temperature Control
    7. Mold Alignment Concepts
    8. Mold Repairing, Protecting and Storing
    9. Product Defects and Molds
    10. Mold Design Check List

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 2350 - Metallurgy Heat Treatment of Ferrous Alloys

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    First six weeks covers basic metallurgy, iron-carbon diagram, S Curves, tempering curves, mechanics of quenching, furnace design, furnace atmospheres, theory of alloy additions and liquid heating baths. Seventh through 14th weeks involve the study of characteristics, selection and heat treatment of tool steels from water hardening to high speed steels and special alloys.

    Contact Hours: 2

    South Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the principles of heat, heat treatment operations, heat treatment equipment, heat treatment procedures, and heat treatment quench media.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Using the material presented on the principles of heat, describe specific heat of metals and heat capacity of metals as they relate to heat treatment of metals with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on heat treatment operations and equipment, list and describe heat treatment operations and heat treatment equipment with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on heat treatment procedures and heat treatment quench media, list and describe heat treatment procedures and quench media with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the heat treatment effects of carbon and other alloying elements, heat treatment of carbon tool steels, heat treatment of oil hardening tool steels, heat treatment of air hardening tool steels.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Using the material presented on the heat treatment effects of carbon and alloying elements and concentrations on carbon steels, list and describe heat treatment effects on metallurgical structure and properties of carbon steels based on carbon content, alloying elements and concentrations with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on heat treatment of carbon tool steels, list and describe heat treatment processes, heat treatment effects and resulting metallurgical properties of carbon tool steels, based on carbon content with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on heat treatment of oil hardening and air hardening tool steels, list and describe the processes and resulting metallurgical properties of oil hardening and air hardening tool steels heat treatment based on alloying elements and concentrations with 80% content.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe heat treatment of hot work die steels, heat treatment of high speed tool steels, heat treatment of special purpose steels and metallurgical structural defects in die and tool steels.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Using the material presented on heat treatment of hot work die steels, list and describe the metallurgical structure and property changes resulting from heat treatment of hot work die steels with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the material presented on heat treatment of high‐speed tool steels, list and describe the metallurgical structure and property changes resulting from heat treatment of high‐speed tool steels with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the material presented on heat treatment of special purpose steels, list and describe the alloying, metallurgical structure and property changes resulting from heat treatment of special purpose steels with 80% accuracy.
    4. Using the material presented on metallurgical structural defects in die and tool steels, list and describe the types of defects found in die and tool steels, defect concentrations allowable in die and tool steels, and property effects of defects on performance of die and tool steels with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Introduction to Course
    2. General Principles of Heat
    3. Heat Treating Operations
    4. Equipment and Procedure Used in Heat Treatment
    5. Relation of Cooling Power of Quench Media to the Steel Liquid Baths Used for Heating Steels, Function of Quenching
    6. Effects of Carbon and Alloy Addition
    7. Carbon Tool Steel
    8. Oil Hardening Tool Steel
    9. Air Hardening Tool Steel
    10. Hot Work Die Steels
    11. High Speed Tool Steels
    12. Special Purpose Steels
    13. Material Defects in Tool Steel

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATMT 2912 - Die Theory 1

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    ATMT 2912 covers the basic theory and function of dies. The standard components of dies, different types of dies, and die function are the major elements of the course.

    Contact Hours: 2

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe dies and their main components.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe a die.
    2. Describe the standard components of a die.
    3. Identify the components of the lower die shoe and its relation to the die retainer and die button.
    4. Identify the components of the upper die shoe and its relation to the punch retainer.
    5. Describe the materials used to make die components.
    6. Describe the various types of dies used in industry.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe die function and maintenance.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe how the die creates parts.
    2. Identify die setups for sheet metal bending.
    3. Describe basic die maintenance.
    4. Troubleshoot die operation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Types of dies
    2. Standard die components
    3. The lower die shoe
    4. The upper die shoe
    5. Materials used to make die components
    6. Die function
    7. Die setups
    8. Die maintenance
    9. Troubleshooting dies

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Music

  
  • MUSC 1030 - Music Appreciation

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Humanities course for non-music majors wishing to increase their knowledge and discrimination of music. Various types and styles of music are presented and discussed with regard to the elements of music and how they function in each style. Concerts and outstanding programs are related to the course.

    Contact Hours: 3

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and describe the elements of music.

    Objectives:

    1. Name, define and describe the nature and structure of melody.
    2. Name, define and describe the nature and structure of rhythm.
    3. Name, define and describe the nature and structure of harmony.
    4. Name, define and describe the nature and structure of tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and identify the instruments of the orchestra.

    Objectives:

    1. Name, define, and describe by sight and sound the instruments of the string family.
    2. Name, define, and describe by sight and sound the instruments of the woodwind family.
    3. Name, define, and describe by sight and sound the instruments of the brass family.
    4. Name, define, and describe by sight and sound the instruments of the percussion family.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and describe the Absolute Forms utilized in one of the Great Period Styles of Western Art Music.

    Objectives:

    1. Name, define, and describe the symphony of the classical periods.
    2. Name, define, and describe the concerto of the classical period.
    3. Name, define, and describe the sonata of the classical period.
    4. Name, define, and describe the string quartet of the classical period.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to listen to randomly played works and identify four features of each.

    Objectives:

    1. Name the randomly played work by name (form, key, and movement).
    2. Name the randomly played work by composer.
    3. Name the randomly played work by form or design.
    4. Name the randomly played work by period style.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. The Elements of Music
      1. Melody
      2. Rhythm
      3. Harmony
      4. Musical Texture
      5. Musical Form
      6. Tempo and Dynamics
    2. Instruments of the Orchestra
      1. Musical Instruments I
      2. Musical Instruments II
      3. Musical Ensembles
    3. The Organization of Musical Sounds
      1. Musical Systems
      2. Aspects of the Major-Minor system
    4. Focus on Form
      1. The Development of Musical Themes
      2. The Classic Forms
    5. The Classical Spirit
      1. Classicism in Music
    6. Classical Chamber Music
    7. The Classical Symphony
      1. The Nature of the Symphony
        1. Beethoven and the Symphony in Transition
        2. Beethoven’s “Sym. #5 in Cm,” Mvts. I & II
        3. Beethoven’s “Sym. #9 in Dm,” Mvt. IV
    8. The 18th Century Concerto and Sonata
      1. The Classical Concerto
        1. Mozart’s “Piano Concerto in G Major,” Mvt. I
      2. The Classical Sonata
        1. Beethoven’s “Piano Sonata in C minor,” Mvt. III
    9. From Classicism to Romanticism
    10. The Romantic Movement
      1. The Spirit of Romanticism
      2. Romanticism in Music
    11. Romantic Program Music
      1. The Nature of Program Music
        1. The Symphonic Poem: Smetana’s “The Moldau”
        2. The Concert Overture: Tchaikovsky’s “Romeo and Juliet Overture-Fantasy”
    12. Choral and Dramatic Music in the 19th Century
      1. Romantic Opera
      2. Wagner and the Music Drama
        1. Wagner’s “Die Walkure”
    13. The Impression Eras
      1. Claude Debussy and Impressionism
        1. Debussy’s “Prelude to the Afternoon of the Faun”
        2. Ravel’s “Piano Concerto for the Left Hand”
    14. The Early Twentieth Century
      1. Main Currents in Early Twentieth Century Music
      2. New Elements of Musical Style
      3. Stravinsky and the Revitalization of Rhythm
        1. Stravinsky’s “The Rite of Spring”
      4. Schoenberg and the Second Viennese School
        1. Schoenberg’s “Pierrot Lunaire”
        2. “A Survivor from Warsaw”
    15. The Nationalism of the Twentieth Century
      1. The European Scene
        1. Bartok, “The Miraculous Mandarian”
      2. The American Scene
        1. Ives, “Symphony No. 2”
    16. The New Music
      1. New Directions
      2. Contemporary Composers
        1. Cage
      3. Some Current Trends
        1. Minimalism

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1040 - World Music

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    An introductory course exploring the music cultures of the World. It is designed to provide both a contrast and comparison of musical traditions that exist within various cultures throughout the world in an effort to better understand how those similarities and differences create both cultural unity and rich cultural diversity.

    Contact Hours: 3

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to utilize terminology as it applies to music of various cultures.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Define concepts and terminology, including:
      1. Melody.
      2. Rhythm.
      3. Timbre.
      4. Tonality.
      5. Texture.
      6. Form.
    2. Discuss the aspects of the terminology that are similar within the various cultures that have been explored.
    3. Discuss the aspects of the terminology that are unique within each culture that has been explored.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to communicate how the music within each culture that has been explored relates to the historic and contemporary aspects of that culture.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Discuss various aspects of each culture that has been presented.
      1. Social.
      2. Political.
      3. Religious.
      4. Historic.
    2. Discuss how the music reinforces and integrates into those cultural aspects.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will able to make correlations between ethnic music and their own culture.

    Objectives: During the course, students will

    1. Discuss how classical music of western society has influenced the music of various cultures that have been presented.
    2. Discuss how popular music of western society has influenced the music of various cultures that have been presented.
    3. Discuss how the music of various cultures that have been presented has influenced classical music of western society.
    4. Discuss how the music of various cultures that have been presented has influenced popular music of western society.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Music of Central Asia
    Music of South Asia
    Music of Africa
    Music of the Caribbean
    Music of Korea
    Music of Japan
    Music of Latin America
    Music of Native America
    Music of Rural America
    Primary Faculty
    Scott, Stuart
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1050 - Music Fundamentals

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    The study of beginning music fundamentals such as note names, clefs, scales, intervals, and chords, an analysis of simple melodic and rhythmic structures, and an introduction to the piano. Recommended for beginners and those needing preparation for Theory 1 and Ear Training 1.

    Contact Hours: 2

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and describe that Element of Music called “the Staff” and its associative structures.

    Objectives:

    1. Name, define, and describe pitch, lines, and spaces of the great staff.
    2. Name, define, and describe the treble and bass clefs.
    3. Name, define, and describe octave names called C.
    4. Name, define, and locate octave names on the piano keyboard.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and describe that Element of Music called “Rhythm” and its associate structures.

    Objectives:

    1. Name, define, and describe pulse and duration of sound and silence.
    2. Name, define, and describe symbols called notes.
    3. Name, define, and describe simple and compound meters.
    4. Name, define, and describe measures and bar lines.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and describe that element of music called the “Scale” and its associate structures.

    Objectives:

    1. Name, define, and describe the octave, the half step, and the whole step.
    2. Name, define, and describe the diatonic major scale.
    3. Name, define, and describe the diatonic minor scale.
    4. Name, define, and describe the sharp, flat, chromatic, and natural signs on the staff and the piano keyboard.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and describe that Element of Music call “the Chord” and its associative structures.

    Objectives:

    1. Name, define, and describe harmony and chords.
    2. Name, define, and construct major, minor, diminished, and augmented triads.
    3. Name, define, and construct single triads and seventh chords in root and inverted positions.
    4. Name, define, and construct chord progressions using the tonic, subdominant, and dominant triads and seventh chord in root and inverted positions.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

     


    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. The Staff
      1. Pitch
      2. Great Staff
      3. Treble and Bass Clefs
      4. Note Identification
    2. Introduction to the Keyboard
      1. Notes on the Keyboard
      2. Chromatic Notes
      3. Octave Names
    3. Rhythm
      1. Pulse and Duration
      2. Music Notes
      3. Staff and Rest Notation
      4. Measure Structure
      5. Meter and Time Signature
    4. Scales
      1. Pitch
      2. Octave
      3. Half Steps
      4. Whole Steps
      5. Diatonic Major Scales
      6. Diatonic Minor Scales
    5. Intervals
      1. Melodic Style
      2. Harmonic Style
      3. Major Intervals
      4. Minor Intervals
      5. Perfect Intervals
      6. Diminished Intervals
      7. Augmented Intervals
    6. Chord Construction
      1. The Triad and Seventh Chords
      2. The Tonic (I) Triad
      3. The Subdominant (IV) Triad
      4. The Dominant (V) Triad and (V7) Seventh Chords
      5. The Above Chords in 1st and 2nd Inversions

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1060 - Theory 1

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Corequisites: MUSC 1160

    Study of written harmonic, melodic, and rhythmic structures, including scale, triad construction, and inversion. Principal triads only. Includes correlated keyboard work.

    Contact Hours: 2

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and name all major and minor key signatures.

    Objectives:

    1. From printed music, name and define the major and relative minor key.
    2. From printed music, identify the specific mode (major/minor).
    3. Given a key signature, name the major or minor tonality.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain and spell all triads on the tonic, sub-dominant and dominant scale degrees in major and minor keys.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a major or minor key signature, name the notes in the tonic triad.
    2. Given a key signature, explain how to find the sub-dominant and dominant scale degrees.
    3. Given a key signature, name the notes in the sub-dominant and dominant triads.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. The fundamental of music notation
      1. Pitch in both common clefs
      2. Scales - major and minor
      3. Intervals
      4. Key signatures
      5. Rhythm and meter
    2. Overview of melodic, harmonic and rhythmic materials
    3. Interval and chord construction
    4. Rhythm - simple and compound meter
    5. The melodic line
      1. Pitch
      2. Rhythm
      3. Form
    6. Chord connection
      1. Cadence writing - authentic and plagal
      2. Use of the principle triads in major and minor keys
      3. Figured bass
    7. Chord inversions in harmonization

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1070 - Theory 2

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: MUSC 1060

    Corequisites: MUSC 1170

    Study of written harmonic, melodic, and rhythmic structures, including chord progressions involving triads and seventh chords, nonharmonic tones, and simple modulation. Includes correlated keyboard harmony.

    Contact Hours: 2

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and identify the use of non‐harmonic tones.

    Objectives:

    1. Name, define, identify, and write passing tones and neighbor tones with figured bass symbols.
    2. Name, define, identify, and write suspensions and retardations with figured bass symbols.
    3. Name, define, identify, and write appoggiaturas and escape tones with figured bass symbols.
    4. Name, define, identify, and write anticipations and pedals with figured bass symbols.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and identify the leading‐tone triad and the supertonic triad.

    Objectives:

    1. Name, define, identify, and write the diminished triad.
    2. Name, define, identify, and write the leading tone triad in a harmonic progression.
    3. Name, define, identify, and write the supertonic triad.
    4. Name, define, identify, and write the supertonic triad in a harmonic progression.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and identify the submediant triad, the mediant triad, the dominant seventh chord, and the supertonic seventh chord.

    Objectives:

    1. Name, define, identify, and write the subdominant triad in a harmonic progression.
    2. Name, define, identify, and write the mediant triad in a harmonic progression.
    3. Name, define, identify, and write the dominant seventh chord in a harmonic progression.
    4. Name, define, identify, and write the supertonic seventh chord in a harmonic progression.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and identify secondary triad chords and elementary modulations.

    Objectives:

    1. Name, define, identify, and write the secondary dominant chord.
    2. Name, define, identify, and write the secondary dominant chord in a harmonic progression.
    3. Name, define, identify, and write the modulation from a major key to its dominant major.
    4. Name, define, identify, and write the modulation from a minor key to its relative major.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Leading‐Tone Triad, Supertonic Triad
      1. Root movement
      2. Harmonic progression
      3. Writing to and from the Diminished Triad
      4. Keyboard harmony
    2. Non‐Harmonic Tones I
      1. Defining non‐harmonic tones
      2. Passing tone
      3. Neighbor tone
    3. Non‐Harmonic Tones II
      1. Suspension
      2. Retardation
      3. Anticipation
      4. Appoggiatura
      5. Escaped Tone
      6. Pedal Tone
    4. The Dominant Seventh and Supertonic Seventh Chords
      1. Characteristics of the dominant seventh chord
      2. Characteristics of the supertonic seventh chord
      3. Characteristics of the keyboard harmony
    5. The Submediant and Mediant Triads
      1. Write the Submediant Triad
      2. Write the Mediant Triad
      3. New progressions
      4. Keyboard harmony
    6. The V and VII Triads
      1. The minor dominant
      2. The subtonic Triad
      3. The Phrygian cadence
      4. Keyboard harmony
    7. Secondary Dominant Chords/Elementary Modulation
      1. Chromaticism
      2. Secondary dominant chords
      3. Modulation
      4. Keyboard harmony

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1090 - Jazz Improvisation

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course covers the principles and application of jazz theory, giving beginning improvisers the necessary musical theoretical tools they will need as a performing musician.

    Contact Hours: 2

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate personal expression in performing jazz.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify chord structures and function.
    2. Apply melodic patterns and development to chord progressions.
    3. Apply the principles of jazz theory in such a way as to render creative, spontaneous, musical statement through his instrument. (Improvise).
    4. Read and prepare lead sheets for combo‐group performance.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Chord types
    2. Jazz scales related to chord types
    3. Common formula and cycle of fifths
    4. Blues chord progressions and blues scales
    5. Turn backs
    6. Melodic development
    7. Chord function in a tonal area and chord substitution
    8. Harmonic schemes on standard tunes
    9. Concept of ‘swing’ rhythmic interpretation
    10. Analyze a recorded jazz solo
    11. Ear development
    12. Original project

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1160 - Ear Training 1

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Corequisites: MUSC 1060

    Melodic dictation in one key, harmonic progressions involving principal triads, rhythmic dictation. Sightsinging diatonic exercises.

    Contact Hours: 2

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to sight sing exercise from diatonic major and minor scales using solfeggio syllables.

    Objectives:

    1. Sight‐sing melodic exercises drawn from major and minor patterns with the correct rhythm.
    2. Sight‐sing exercises derived from melodies based on the ‘broken’ chords of the tonic and dominant.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform rhythmic exercises by counting and clapping.

    Objectives:

    1. Count aloud and clap rhythms from the printed music involving simple meters at moderate tempo.
    2. Count aloud and clap rhythms from the printed music involving compound meters at moderate tempo.
    3. Transcribe rhythms in the proper meter when played from the piano or clapped using simple and compound time and employing no more than eight notes.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name and notate melodies when played from the piano.

    Objectives:

    1. Transcribe on staff paper simple diatonic melodies played as dictation from the piano.
    2. Transcribe rhythms in the proper meter when played from the piano or clapped using simple and compound time and employing no more than eight notes.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Sight‐singing
      1. Stepwise movement plus intervals in the tonic; simple meters
      2. Stepwise movement plus intervals of the tonic; use of major keys, treble and bass clef, dotted notes etc./compound time
      3. Intervals in the V triad; intervals of the third, fourth, and sixth
      4. Intervals of the V and V7 chords; compound time
      5. The C clefs, alto and tenor
      6. Intervals in the IV triad; simple time
    2. Melodic dictation
      1. Conjunct melodic lines
      2. Melodies in minor
      3. Melodies based on the tonic with some disjunct lines
      4. Chordal skips
      5. Cut time, 3/8 time
      6. Embellishing tones, non harmonic tones
    3. Harmonic Dictation
      1. Identifying intervals
      2. Identifying major, minor, diminished, and augmented triads
      3. Identifying the tonic, sub‐dominant, and dominant triads
      4. Isolating soprano, alto, tenor, and bass from the given triads

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1170 - Ear Training 2

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: MUSC 1160

    Corequisites: MUSC 1070

    Melodic dictation involving chromatics, harmonic dictation involving all diatonic triads and seventh chords, and rhythmic dictation. Sightsinging diatonic and chromatic exercises.

    Contact Hours: 2

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and transcribe dictated melodic exercises both melodic and rhythmic components.

    Objectives: Name, define, and transcribe melodic dictation exercises with:

    1. Consideration of scale and triad shapes.
    2. Consideration of the dominant triad and dominant seventh chord.
    3. Dotted rhythms and sixteenth notes.
    4. Consideration of the subdominant triad and the supertonic triad.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and transcribe dictated harmonic progressions expressing soprano pitches, bass pitches, and figured bass symbols.

    Objectives: Name, define, and transcribe dictated harmonic progressions using the:

    1. Primary triads
    2. Supertonic and leading tone triads.
    3. Dominant seventh and supertonic seventh chords.
    4. Submediant and mediant triads.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and identify rhythm and meter.

    Objectives: Name, define, and identify:

    1. Simple time; the beat and its division into two parts.
    2. Compound time; the beat and its division into three parts.
    3. Subdivision of the beat; the simple beat into four parts.
    4. Subdivision of the beat; the compound beat into six parts.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to sight‐sing melodic exercises using solfeggio syllables.

    Objectives: Sight‐sing melodic exercises using:

    1. Intervals from diatonic scales.
    2. Intervals from the dominant seventh chord.
    3. Chromatic notes of the secondary dominant.
    4. Chromatic notes in elementary modulations.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Melodic Dictation
      1. Scales and shapes
      2. Dominant triad and dominant seventh chord
      3. Dotted rhythms and dotted sixteenth notes
      4. Subdominant triad and supertonic triad
    2. Harmonic Dictation
      1. Primary Triads
      2. Supertonic and leading tone triads
      3. Dominant seventh and supertonic seventh chords
      4. Submediant and mediant triads
    3. Rhythm and Meter
      1. Simple time
      2. Compound time
      3. Subdivision in simple time
      4. Subdivision in compound time
    4. Sight‐singing
      1. Intervals from the diatonic scale
      2. Intervals from the dominant seventh chord
      3. Chromatic notes from the secondary triad
      4. Chromatic notes in elementary modulations

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1260 - Piano 1

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Piano classes MUSC 1260 and MUSC 1270, each 2 contact hours, are recommended for beginners, elementary education majors, and music majors.

    Contact Hours: 2

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe and apply a precise seating posture and hand position at the piano keyboard.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe and apply a seating position that is centered, squared, and properly distanced from the piano keyboard.
    2. Describe and apply the physical shape of the arm, wrist, hand, and finger positions at the piano keyboard.
    3. Describe and apply the attack and release of the single finger stroke and release at the piano keyboard.
    4. Describe and apply the attack and release of consecutive finger strokes at the piano keyboard.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and read rudimentary music notation.

    Objectives:

    1. Name, define, and identify the keys of the piano and the corresponding location on the grand staff.
    2. Name, define, and identify the treble and bass clefs, ledger lines, bar lines, and measures.
    3. Name, define, and identify the time signatures, meters, note values, and rest values.
    4. Name, define, and identify the key signatures and accidentals.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and perform technical exercises.

    Objectives:

    1. Name, define, and perform etudes, hands together, with an emphasis on the contraction of the five‐finger hand position.
    2. Name, define, and perform etudes, hands together, with emphasis on the stretching of the five‐finger hand position.
    3. Name, define, and perform select single octaves scales, hands together.
    4. Name, define, and perform select double octave scales, hands together.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and perform expressive melodies with easy harmonic accompaniments.

    Objectives:

    1. Name, define, and perform songs in contrasting meters and rhythms.
    2. Name, define, and perform songs in contrasting dynamics and articulations.
    3. Name, define, and perform songs in different keys and tempos.
    4. Name, define, and perform songs in keys requiring knowledge of primary triads and dominant seventh chords.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Introduction to the Elements of Music
      1. The piano keyboard and the grand staff
      2. Clefs
      3. Ledger line
      4. Bar lines
      5. Time signatures, note values, and rest values
      6. Posture and hand position
      7. Fingering
    2. Playing the Piano
      1. The five‐finger position
      2. Beginning pieces
      3. More melodies and folk tunes in the five‐finger position
      4. Three counts to a measure
      5. Dotted notes
      6. Dynamic marks indicating a gradual change in the degree of power
      7. Introduction to accidentals
    3. Major Scales and Etudes
      1. The thumb
      2. Hand contraction
      3. Practicing scales Shifting hand positions and related fingering patterns
      4. Six counts to a measure
      5. A note about fingering
      6. New hand position in the key of G
    4. Theory and Use of Chords
      1. Songs with easy accompaniments
      2. Primary Triads
      3. Primary Triads with seventh chords and inversions

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1270 - Piano 2

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: MUSC 1260

    Piano classes MUSC 1260 and MUSC 1270, each 2 contact hours, are recommended for beginners, elementary education majors, and music majors.

    Contact Hours: 2

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to play the C, G, D, A, B and F major scales, hands together, two octaves.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the key signature.
    2. Demonstrate the fingering pattern.
    3. Perform at a moderate and consistent tempo.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to play two carols (Away in a Manger and Silent Night).

    Objectives:

    1. Explain and count the rhythm.
    2. Coordinate the hands in four part playing.
    3. Perform at a tempo commensurate with accepted practice.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

     


    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week Topic

    1. Review of Piano 1
    2. Columbiana & Scottish Folk Song
    3. A & E major scales of review of same
    4. Pieces in A & E (Toccata hands separately)
    5. B major scale and “Folk Song”
    6. F major scale, chord writing, pedaling
    7. F major pieces with pedal
    8. F major pieces with pedal
    9. Minor scales in theory and practice (three forms)
    10. Same plus chord writing and playing
    11. Minor key pieces: English Carol, Go Down Moses, Aria and Minuet
    12. Minor key pieces: English Carol, Go Down Moses, Aria and Minuet
    13. Shostakovich “Waltz”
    14. Etudes
    15. “Four part playing”
    16. “Four part playing”

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1300 - Concert Choir

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Performance outlet at college level. Repertoire representative of sacred and secular masterpieces in choral literature. May be taken 4 times for credit. A student can earn a maximum of 8 semester hours credit for any combination of MUSC 1300 and MUSC 1351 thru MUSC 1359.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in personal vocal development.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Sing in tune.
    2. Acquire one’s part.
    3. Recognize one’s part within the context of the whole.
    4. Utilize musicianship.
    5. Perform with a musicality consistent with the piece.
    6. Maintain posture and breath support.
    7. Energize the sound.
    8. Communicate the text to the listener.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in musicianship.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Define basic musical terminology and fundamentals, including:
      1. Key signatures.
      2. Time signatures.
      3. Note values.
      4. Pitches.
      5. Rhythms.
      6. Accidentals.
      7. Dynamics.
      8. Tempo indications.
      9. Various Italian terms that give direction in the music.
    2. Recognize the harmonic nature of one’s part.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in musicality.

    Objectives: During the course, students will use:

    1. Style.
    2. Phrasing.
    3. Consistency and continuity.
    4. Emotional communication.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in choral balance.

    Objectives: : During the course, students will:

    1. Exhibit sensitivity to others on the same part.
    2. Exhibit sensitivity to the other parts within the whole.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in foreign language as it applies to singing.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Pronounce individual sounds, including appropriate intonation and stress.
    2. Paraphrase translations to English.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in aesthetic sense as it is applied to performance.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Apply text within the music.
    2. Recognize the value of quality choral literature.
    3. Recognize the value of excellence in performance.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Students will rehearse and perform selected literature. Selections will vary. Rehearsal will include:

    Intonation
    Part
    Musicianship
    Musicality
    Choral tone
    Posture/support
    Focus/energy
    Communication


    Primary Faculty
    Scott, Stuart
    Secondary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1351 - Jazz Lab Band Alto Sax

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A jazz ensemble of limited numbers designed for the student with previous instrumental performance experience. Arrangements performed represent various styles in the jazz idiom. May be taken 4 times for credit. A student can earn a maximum of 8 semester hours credit for any combination of MUSC 1300 and MUSC 1351 thru MUSC 1359.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and describe the styles and forms of traditional and modern
    jazz.

    Objectives: Name, define, and describe the jazz:

    1. Form called “blues”.
    2. Style called “big band”.
    3. Style called “swing”.
    4. Style called “bop”.
    5. Styles called “cool” and “modern jazz”.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to read and perform musical elements used in jazz band arrangement.

    Objectives: Read and perform passages in arrangements:

    1. Using diatonic scales.
    2. Using modes.
    3. Using chords from those scales and modes.
    4. Using rhythms and meters.
    5. Requiring improvisation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Style and Forms of Jazz.
      1. Blues
      2. Big Band
      3. Swing
      4. Bop
      5. Cool and Modern Jazz
    2. Jazz Band Performance Elements
      1. Diatonic Scales
      2. Modes
      3. Chords
      4. Rhythms and Meters
      5. Improvisation

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1352 - Jazz Lab Band Tenor Sax

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A jazz ensemble of limited numbers designed for the student with previous instrumental performance experience. Arrangements performed represent various styles in the jazz idiom. May be taken 4 times for credit. A student can earn a maximum of 8 semester hours credit for any combination of MUSC 1300 and MUSC 1351 thru MUSC 1359.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and describe the styles and forms of traditional and modern jazz.

    Objectives: Name, define, and describe the jazz:

    1. Form called “blues”.
    2. Style called “big band”.
    3. Style called “swing”.
    4. Style called “bop”.
    5. Styles called “cool” and “modern jazz”.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to read and perform musical elements used in jazz band arrangement.

    Objectives: Read and perform passages in arrangements:

    1. Using diatonic scales.
    2. Using modes.
    3. Using chords from those scales and modes.
    4. Using rhythms and meters.
    5. Requiring improvisation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Style and Forms of Jazz.
      1. Blues
      2. Big Band
      3. Swing
      4. Bop
      5. Cool and Modern Jazz
    2. Jazz Band Performance Elements
      1. Diatonic Scales
      2. Modes
      3. Chords
      4. Rhythms and Meters
      5. Improvisation

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1353 - Jazz Lab Band Baritone Sax

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A jazz ensemble of limited numbers designed for the student with previous instrumental performance experience. Arrangements performed represent various styles in the jazz idiom. May be taken 4 times for credit. A student can earn a maximum of 8 semester hours credit for any combination of MUSC 1300 and MUSC 1351 thru MUSC 1359.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and describe the styles and forms of traditional and modern jazz.

    Objectives: Name, define, and describe the jazz:

    1. Form called “blues”.
    2. Style called “big band”.
    3. Style called “swing”.
    4. Style called “bop”.
    5. Styles called “cool” and “modern jazz”.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to read and perform musical elements used in jazz band arrangement.

    Objectives: Read and perform passages in arrangements:

    1. Using diatonic scales.
    2. Using modes.
    3. Using chords from those scales and modes.
    4. Using rhythms and meters.
    5. Requiring improvisation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Style and Forms of Jazz.
      1. Blues
      2. Big Band
      3. Swing
      4. Bop
      5. Cool and Modern Jazz
    2. Jazz Band Performance Elements
      1. Diatonic Scales
      2. Modes
      3. Chords
      4. Rhythms and Meters
      5. Improvisation

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1354 - Jazz Lab Band Trumpet

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A jazz ensemble of limited numbers designed for the student with previous instrumental performance experience. Arrangements performed represent various styles in the jazz idiom. May be taken 4 times for credit. A student can earn a maximum of 8 semester hours credit for any combination of MUSC 1300 and MUSC 1351 thru MUSC 1359.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and describe the styles and forms of traditional and modern jazz.

    Objectives: Name, define, and describe the jazz:

    1. Form called “blues”.
    2. Style called “big band”.
    3. Style called “swing”.
    4. Style called “bop”.
    5. Styles called “cool” and “modern jazz”.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to read and perform musical elements used in jazz band arrangement.

    Objectives: Read and perform passages in arrangements:

    1. Using diatonic scales.
    2. Using modes.
    3. Using chords from those scales and modes.
    4. Using rhythms and meters.
    5. Requiring improvisation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Style and Forms of Jazz.
      1. Blues
      2. Big Band
      3. Swing
      4. Bop
      5. Cool and Modern Jazz
    2. Jazz Band Performance Elements
      1. Diatonic Scales
      2. Modes
      3. Chords
      4. Rhythms and Meters
      5. Improvisation

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1355 - Jazz Lab Band Trombone

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A jazz ensemble of limited numbers designed for the student with previous instrumental performance experience. Arrangements performed represent various styles in the jazz idiom. May be taken 4 times for credit. A student can earn a maximum of 8 semester hours credit for any combination of MUSC 1300 and MUSC 1351 thru MUSC 1359.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and describe the styles and forms of traditional and modern jazz.

    Objectives: Name, define, and describe the jazz:

    1. Form called “blues”.
    2. Style called “big band”.
    3. Style called “swing”.
    4. Style called “bop”.
    5. Styles called “cool” and “modern jazz”.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to read and perform musical elements used in jazz band arrangement.

    Objectives: Read and perform passages in arrangements:

    1. Using diatonic scales.
    2. Using modes.
    3. Using chords from those scales and modes.
    4. Using rhythms and meters.
    5. Requiring improvisation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Style and Forms of Jazz.
      1. Blues
      2. Big Band
      3. Swing
      4. Bop
      5. Cool and Modern Jazz
    2. Jazz Band Performance Elements
      1. Diatonic Scales
      2. Modes
      3. Chords
      4. Rhythms and Meters
      5. Improvisation

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1356 - Jazz Lab Band Electric Bass

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A jazz ensemble of limited numbers designed for the student with previous instrumental performance experience. Arrangements performed represent various styles in the jazz idiom. May be taken 4 times for credit. A student can earn a maximum of 8 semester hours credit for any combination of MUSC 1300 and MUSC 1351 thru MUSC 1359.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and describe the styles and forms of traditional and modern jazz.

    Objectives: Name, define, and describe the jazz:

    1. Form called “blues”.
    2. Style called “big band”.
    3. Style called “swing”.
    4. Style called “bop”.
    5. Styles called “cool” and “modern jazz”.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to read and perform musical elements used in jazz band arrangement.

    Objectives: Read and perform passages in arrangements:

    1. Using diatonic scales.
    2. Using modes.
    3. Using chords from those scales and modes.
    4. Using rhythms and meters.
    5. Requiring improvisation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Style and Forms of Jazz.
      1. Blues
      2. Big Band
      3. Swing
      4. Bop
      5. Cool and Modern Jazz
    2. Jazz Band Performance Elements
      1. Diatonic Scales
      2. Modes
      3. Chords
      4. Rhythms and Meters
      5. Improvisation

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1357 - Jazz Lab Band Drums

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A jazz ensemble of limited numbers designed for the student with previous instrumental performance experience. Arrangements performed represent various styles in the jazz idiom. May be taken 4 times for credit. A student can earn a maximum of 8 semester hours credit for any combination of MUSC 1300 and MUSC 1351 thru MUSC 1359.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and describe the styles and forms of traditional and modern jazz.

    Objectives: Name, define, and describe the jazz:

    1. Form called “blues”.
    2. Style called “big band”.
    3. Style called “swing”.
    4. Style called “bop”.
    5. Styles called “cool” and “modern jazz”.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to read and perform musical elements used in jazz band arrangement.

    Objectives: Read and perform passages in arrangements:

    1. Using diatonic scales.
    2. Using modes.
    3. Using chords from those scales and modes.
    4. Using rhythms and meters.
    5. Requiring improvisation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Style and Forms of Jazz.
      1. Blues
      2. Big Band
      3. Swing
      4. Bop
      5. Cool and Modern Jazz
    2. Jazz Band Performance Elements
      1. Diatonic Scales
      2. Modes
      3. Chords
      4. Rhythms and Meters
      5. Improvisation

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1358 - Jazz Lab Band Guitar

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A jazz ensemble of limited numbers designed for the student with previous instrumental performance experience. Arrangements performed represent various styles in the jazz idiom. May be taken 4 times for credit. A student can earn a maximum of 8 semester hours credit for any combination of MUSC 1300 and MUSC 1351 thru MUSC 1359.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and describe the styles and forms of traditional and modern jazz.

    Objectives: Name, define, and describe the jazz:

    1. Form called “blues”.
    2. Style called “big band”.
    3. Style called “swing”.
    4. Style called “bop”.
    5. Styles called “cool” and “modern jazz”.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to read and perform musical elements used in jazz band arrangement.

    Objectives: Read and perform passages in arrangements:

    1. Using diatonic scales.
    2. Using modes.
    3. Using chords from those scales and modes.
    4. Using rhythms and meters.
    5. Requiring improvisation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Style and Forms of Jazz.
      1. Blues
      2. Big Band
      3. Swing
      4. Bop
      5. Cool and Modern Jazz
    2. Jazz Band Performance Elements
      1. Diatonic Scales
      2. Modes
      3. Chords
      4. Rhythms and Meters
      5. Improvisation

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1359 - Jazz Lab Band Piano

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A jazz ensemble of limited numbers designed for the student with previous instrumental performance experience. Arrangements performed represent various styles in the jazz idiom. May be taken 4 times for credit. A student can earn a maximum of 8 semester hours credit for any combination of MUSC 1300 and MUSC 1351 thru MUSC 1359.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and describe the styles and forms of traditional and modern jazz.

    Objectives: Name, define, and describe the jazz:

    1. Form called “blues”.
    2. Style called “big band”.
    3. Style called “swing”.
    4. Style called “bop”.
    5. Styles called “cool” and “modern jazz”.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to read and perform musical elements used in jazz band arrangement.

    Objectives: Read and perform passages in arrangements:

    1. Using diatonic scales.
    2. Using modes.
    3. Using chords from those scales and modes.
    4. Using rhythms and meters.
    5. Requiring improvisation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Style and Forms of Jazz.
      1. Blues
      2. Big Band
      3. Swing
      4. Bop
      5. Cool and Modern Jazz
    2. Jazz Band Performance Elements
      1. Diatonic Scales
      2. Modes
      3. Chords
      4. Rhythms and Meters
      5. Improvisation

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1601 - Introduction to Applied Music Voice

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Private instruction providing the beginning student with the means of establishing proficiency in the vocal performance area. Student will take private lessons on a beginning level. Contact Music Department at 586.286.2045 or 2046 to make arrangements for private instructor’s name. Student pays for private instruction in addition to tuition payment. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of music fundamentals.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate fundamental knowledge of the physical support skills.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Breath support.
    2. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    3. Dictation and enunciation.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate fundamental knowledge of technical exercises.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Warm‐up exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of repertoire.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of performance repertoire:

    1. With or without piano accompaniment.
    2. From different style periods.
    3. In foreign languages.
    4. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Breath Management
      2. Vocalize
      3. Posture
      4. Daily Routine
      5. Dictation
      6. Resonance and Quality
    2. Vocal Repertoire
      1. Vocal Literature
      2. Interpretation of Literature
      3. Stage Etiquette and Stage Presence
      4. Recital Performance

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1602 - Introduction to Applied Music Brasswinds

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Private instruction providing the beginning student with the means of establishing proficiency in the instrumental performance area. Student will take private lessons on a beginning level. Contact Music Department at 586.286.2045 or 2046 to make arrangements for private instructor’s name. Student pays for private instruction in addition to tuition payment. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of music fundamentals.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate fundamental knowledge of the physical support skills.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Breath support.
    2. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    3. Finger touch, hand strength, hand balance, and hand independence.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate fundamental knowledge of technical exercises.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Warm‐up exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of repertoire.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of performance repertoire:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Breath Support
      2. Flexibility, Long Tones, Arpeggios, Scales
      3. Posture
      4. Daily Routine
      5. Tonguing
      6. Focus/Tone
      7. Tone, Vibrato and Maturity
    2. Repertoire
      1. Etudes, Study and One Movement Solos
      2. Major Repertoire
      3. Recital Performance

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1603 - Introduction to Applied Music Woodwinds

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Private instruction providing the beginning student with the means of establishing proficiency in the instrumental performance area. Student will take private lessons on a beginning level. Contact Music Department at 586.286.2045 or 2046 to make arrangements for private instructor’s name. Student pays for private instruction in addition to tuition payment. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of music fundamentals.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate fundamental knowledge of the physical support skills.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Breath support.
    2. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    3. Finger touch, hand strength, hand balance, and hand independence.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate fundamental knowledge of technical exercises.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Warm‐up exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of repertoire.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of performance repertoire:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Breath Support
      2. Flexibility, Long Tones, Arpeggios, Scales
      3. Posture
      4. Daily Routine
      5. Tonguing
      6. Focus/Tone
      7. Tone, Vibrato and Maturity
    2. Repertoire
      1. Etudes, Study and One Movement Solos
      2. Major Repertoire
      3. Recital Performance

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1604 - Introduction to Applied Music Percussion

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Private instruction providing the beginning student with the means of establishing proficiency in the instrumental performance area. Student will take private lessons on a beginning level. Contact Music Department at 586.286.2045 or 2046 to make arrangements for private instructor’s name. Student pays for private instruction in addition to tuition payment. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of music fundamentals.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Rhythms and rudiments.
    2. Note reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate fundamental knowledge of the physical support skills.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    2. Finger touch, hand strength, hand balance, and hand independence

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate fundamental understanding of technical exercises.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Warm‐up exercises for flexibility.
    2. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate introductory understanding of repertoire.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of performance repertoire:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Rudiments
      2. Hand Positioning
      3. Tone Production
      4. Articulation Styles
    2. Repertoire
      1. Solo Literature
      2. Multi‐Percussion Literature
      3. Chamber Music
      4. Orchestra Literature

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1605 - Introduction to Applied Music Strings

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Private instruction providing the beginning student with the means of establishing proficiency in the instrumental performance area. Student will take private lessons on a beginning level. Contact Music Department at 586.286.2045 or 2046 to make arrangements for private instructor’s name. Student pays for private instruction in addition to tuition payment. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of music fundamentals.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate fundamental knowledge of the physical support skills.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    2. Hand, finger, and bow positions.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate fundamental understanding of technical exercises.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Warm‐up exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate introductory understanding of repertoire.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of performance repertoire:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. With piano accompaniment.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Full Smooth Bow
      2. Scales
      3. Posture
      4. Articulations (Legato, Staccato)
      5. Left Hand Strength
      6. Tone and Vibrato
    2. Repertoire
      1. Etudes
      2. Major Repertoire
      3. Stage Etiquette and Stage Presence
      4. Recital Performance

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1606 - Introduction to Applied Music Guitar

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Private instruction providing the beginning student with the means of establishing proficiency in the instrumental performance area. Student will take private lessons on a beginning level. Contact Music Department at 586.286.2045 or 2046 to make arrangements for private instructor’s name. Student pays for private instruction in addition to tuition payment. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of music fundamentals.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate fundamental knowledge of the physical support skills.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    2. Hand and finger positions.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate fundamental understanding of technical exercises.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of:

    1. Warm‐up exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate introductory understanding of repertoire.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate introductory knowledge of performance repertoire:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Finger Strength
      2. Scales
      3. Posture
      4. Daily Routine
      5. Detached, Legato, Staccato
      6. Left Hand Strength
      7. Tone, Vibrato, and Maturity
    2. Repertoire
      1. Solo Etudes
      2. Introductory Repertoire
      3. Recital Performance

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1801 - Applied Music Piano

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Private instruction providing the student with the means to increase proficiency in the instrumental performance area. Student must be prepared to begin private lessons on an intermediate level. Contact Music Department at 586.286.2045 or 2046 to make arrangements for private instructor’s name. Student pays for private instruction in addition to tuition payment. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate music reading at an intermediate performance level of music.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Posture and seating positions.
    2. Hand and finger positions.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an introductory understanding of:

    1. Warm‐up exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate repertoire at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level repertoire:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Scales
      2. Posture
      3. Articulation Technique
      4. Touch
      5. Phrasing F. L/R Hand Interdependence
    2. Repertoire
      1. Major Repertoire
      2. Preludes/Fugues
      3. Recital Performance and Jury

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1802 - Applied Music Organ

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Private instruction providing the student with the means to increase proficiency in the instrumental performance area. Student must be prepared to begin private lessons on an intermediate level. Contact Music Department at 586.286.2045 or 2046 to make arrangements for private instructor’s name. Student pays for private instruction in addition to tuition payment. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate music reading at an intermediate performance level of music.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an intermediate
    performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Breath support.
    2. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    3. Finger touch, hand strength, hand balance, and hand independence.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an introductory understanding of:

    1. Warm‐up exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate repertoire at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level repertoire:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. In foreign languages.
    3. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Scales
      2. Posture
      3. Articulation Technique
      4. Touch
      5. Phrasing
      6. L/R Hand Interdependence
    2. Repertoire
      1. Major Repertoire
      2. Preludes/Fugues
      3. Recital Performance and Jury

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1803 - Applied Music Voice

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Private instruction providing the student with the means to increase proficiency in the major vocal performance area. Student must be prepared to begin private lessons on an intermediate level. Contact Music Department at 586.286.2045 or 2046 to make arrangements for private instructor’s name. Student pays for private instruction in addition to tuition payment. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate music reading at an intermediate performance level of music.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Breath support.
    2. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    3. Dictation and enunciation.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an introductory understanding of:

    1. Warm‐up exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate repertoire at an intermediate performance.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level repertoire

    1. With or without piano accompaniment.
    2. From different style periods.
    3. In foreign languages.
    4. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Breath Management
      2. Vocalize
      3. Posture
      4. Dictation
      5. Resonance and Quality
    2. Vocal Repertoire
      1. Vocal Literature
      2. Interpretation of Literature
      3. Stage Etiquette and Stage Presence
      4. Recital Performance and Jury

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1804 - Applied Music Brasswinds

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Private instruction providing the student with the means to increase proficiency in the instrumental performance area. Student must be prepared to begin private lessons on an intermediate level. Contact Music Department at 586.286.2045 or 2046 to make arrangements for private instructor’s name. Student pays for private instruction in addition to tuition payment. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform at an intermediate performance level of proficiency

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate music reading at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Breath support.
    2. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    3. Finger touch, hand strength, hand balance, and hand independence.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an introductory understanding of:

    1. Warm‐up exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and perform at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and play repertoire at an intermediate performance level:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Breath Support
      2. Flexibility, Long Tones, Arpeggios, Scales
      3. Posture
      4. Tonguing
      5. Focus/Tone
      6. Tone, Vibrato and Maturity
    2. Vocal Repertoire
      1. Etudes, Study and One Movement Solos
      2. Major Repertoire
      3. Recital Performance and Jury

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1805 - Applied Music Woodwinds

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Private instruction providing the student with the means to increase proficiency in the instrumental performance area. Student must be prepared to begin private lessons on an intermediate level. Contact Music Department at 586.286.2045 or 2046 to make arrangements for private instructor’s name. Student pays for private instruction in addition to tuition payment. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform music reading at an intermediate performance level of music proficiency.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Breath support.
    2. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    3. Finger touch, hand strength, hand balance, and hand independence.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an introductory understanding of:

    1. Warm‐up exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate repertoire at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and play repertoire at an intermediate performance level.

    1. From different style periods.
    2. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Breath Support
      2. Flexibility, Long Tones, Arpeggios, Scales
      3. Posture
      4. Daily Routine
      5. Tonguing
      6. Focus/Tone
      7. Tone, Vibrato and Maturity
    2. Vocal Repertoire
      1. Etudes, Study and One Movement Solos
      2. Major Repertoire
      3. Recital Performance and Jury

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1806 - Applied Music Percussion

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Private instruction providing the student with the means to increase proficiency in the instrumental performance area. Student must be prepared to begin private lessons on an intermediate level. Contact Music Department at 586.286.2045 or 2046 to make arrangements for private instructor’s name. Student pays for private instruction in addition to tuition payment. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate music reading at an intermediate performance level of music.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Rhythms and rudiments.
    2. Note reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    2. Finger touch, hand strength, hand balance, and hand independence.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an introductory understanding of:

    1. Warmup exercises for flexibility.
    2. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate repertoire at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and play repertoire at an intermediate performance level:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Rudiments
      2. Hand Positioning
      3. Tone Production
    2. Articulation Styles
    3. Repertoire
      1. Solo Literature
      2. MultiPercussion Literature
      3. Chamber Music
      4. Orchestra Literature

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1807 - Applied Music Strings

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Private instruction providing the student with the means to increase proficiency in the instrumental performance area. Student must be prepared to begin private lessons on an intermediate level. Contact Music Department at 586.286.2045 or 2046 to make arrangements for private instructor’s name. Student pays for private instruction in addition to tuition payment. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate music reading at an intermediate performance level of music fundamentals.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    2. Hand, finger, and bow positions.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an introductory understanding of:

    1. Warmup exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate repertoire at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and play repertoire at an intermediate performance level:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. With piano accompaniment.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate properly.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Full Smooth Bowing
      2. Scales
      3. Posture
      4. Articulation (Legato, Staccato)
      5. Left Hand Strength
      6. Tone and Vibrato
    2. Repertoire
      1. Etudes
      2. Major Repertoire
      3. Stage Etiquette and Stage Presence
      4. Recital Performance and Jury

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 1808 - Applied Music Classical Guitar

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Private instruction providing the student with the means to increase proficiency in the instrumental performance area. Student must be prepared to begin private lessons on an intermediate level. Contact Music Department at 586.286.2045 or 2046 to make arrangements for private instructor’s name. Student pays for private instruction in addition to tuition payment. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate music fundamentals at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an intermediate performance level:

    1. Posture and seating positions.
    2. Hand and finger positions.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an introductory understanding of:

    1. Warmup exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate repertoire at an intermediate performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and play repertoire at an intermediate performance level:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. With piano accompaniment.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    1. 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Finger Strengt
      2. Scales
      3. Posture
      4. Detached, Legato, Staccato
      5. Left Hand Strength
      6. Tone, Vibrato, and Maturity
    2. Repertoire
      1. Solo Etudes
      2. Introductory Repertoire
      3. Recital Performance and Jury

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 2080 - Theory 3

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: MUSC 1070

    Corequisites: MUSC 2180

    Continuation of theory on the sophomore level. Includes instrumental writing and free voicing, and altered chords (borrowed chords, secondary dominant and leading tone chords, Neapolitan chords, and augmented sixth chords).

    Contact Hours: 2

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to spell and part‐write typical chromatic chords (e.g. Neapolitan sixth chord, German augmented sixth chord).

    Objective:

    1. Practice part‐writing
    2. Analyze examples of music literature
    3. Perform at the keyboard to demonstrate understanding

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to realize a figured base.

    Objective:

    1. Create a meaningful keyboard composition
    2. Apply chordal technique to linear melody

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    In progress.
    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 2180 - Ear Training 3

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: MUSC 1170

    Corequisites: MUSC 2080

    Further development of aural perception on the sophomore level. Study of melodic, harmonic, and rhythmic structures including altered chords, chromatic melodies, unusual meters, and divisions of the beat.

    Contact Hours: 2

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to sing melodies involving all practical intervals, meters and syncopations. He will do this in majorminor, modal or atonal contexts.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and transcribe lengthy melodic structures with some chromaticism.
    2. Sing prepared exercises involving chromaticism, modulation, and atonal elements.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to notate melodic line in diatonic or chromatic exercises.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and transcribe lengthy melodic structures with some chromaticism.
    2. Identify and transcribe all triads and seventh chords as well as simple altered chords in harmonic progression.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to notate all diatonic chords and inversions through the seventh chord as well as simple modulation.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and transcribe lengthy melodic structures with some chromaticism.
    2. Sing prepared exercises involving chromaticism, modulation, and atonal elements.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Sight-Singing
      1. Major/minor
      2. Modal/atonal
    2. Melodic Dictation
    3. Harmonic Dictation
      1. Diatonic chords
      2. Inversions
      3. Simple modulation

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 2300 - Chamber Choir

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: Permission of faculty

    Corequisites: MUSC 1300 

    An auditioned performance ensemble designed for the advanced choral singer at the college level. Repertoire representative of sacred and secular masterpieces in choral literature from various genres, cultures and historic periods.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in personal vocal development.

    Objectives:

    1. Sing with exemplary placement and focus of tone.
    2. Sing using a free, vibrant and unforced tone.
    3. Sing in tune while exhibiting an outstanding sense of tonal center.
    4. Acquire one’s part through reading musical notation.
    5. Recognize one’s part within the context of the whole.
    6. Utilize musicianship.
    7. Perform with a musicality consistent with the piece.
    8. Maintain posture and breath support.
    9. Communicate the text to the listener.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in musicianship.

    Objectives: 

    1. Define basic musical terminology and fundamentals, including:
      1. Key signatures.
      2. Time signatures.
      3. Note values.
      4. Pitches.
      5. Rhythms.
      6. Accidentals.
      7. Dynamics.
      8. Tempo indications.
      9. Various Italian terms that give direction in the music.
    2. Recognize the harmonic nature of one’s part.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in musicality.

    Objectives: 

    1. Style, appropriate to the piece’s genre, including historical and/or cultural aspects.
    2. Phrasing appropriate to the notation and text creating forward moving musical lines with fitting rise and fall.
    3. Consistency and continuity within one’s performance and from piece to piece.
    4. Emotional communication including facial expression and physical involvement appropriate to the text and style of a piece.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in choral balance.

    Objectives: 

    1. Exhibit sensitivity to others on the same part.
    2. Exhibit sensitivity to the other parts within the whole.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in foreign language as it applies to singing.

    Objectives: 

    1. Pronounce individual sounds, including appropriate intonation and stress.
    2. Paraphrase translations to English.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in aesthetic sense as it is applied to performance.

    Objectives: 

    1. Apply text within the music.
    2. Recognize the value of quality choral literature.
    3. Recognize the value of excellence in performance.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Chamber Choir is a music opportunity in vocal performance within an auditioned ensemble. Students develop vocal technique, notational reading ability, musicianship and team skills as well as acquire knowledge in music vocabulary and theory. They rehearse and perform selected literature which varies. Rehearsals include:

    1. Vocal Technique
    2. Intonation
    3. Part Acquisition & Recognition
    4. Musicianship
    5. Musicality
    6. Posture/Support/Active Physical Engagement
    7. Focus/Energy/Attentiveness
    8. Diction/language Pronunciation
    9. Communication

    Primary Faculty
    Moses, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 2305 - A Cappella Vocal Ensemble

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: Permission of Faculty

    Corequisites: MUSC 1300 

    An auditioned performance ensemble of vocalists designed for the advanced singer at the college level. Repertoire representative of pop, jazz and a cappella styles.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in personal a cappella vocal development.

    Objectives: 

    1. Sing with exemplary placement and focus of tone.
    2. Sing using a free, vibrant and unforced tone.
    3. Sing in tune while exhibiting an outstanding sense of tonal center in the a cappella setting.
    4. Acquire one’s part through reading musical notation.
    5. Recognize one’s part within the context of the whole.
    6. Utilize musicianship within the a cappella setting.
    7. Perform with a musicality consistent with the piece.
    8. Maintain posture and breath support.
    9. Communicate the text to the listener.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in a cappella musicianship.

    Objectives: 

    1. Define basic musical terminology and fundamentals, including:
      1. Key signatures.
      2. Time signatures.
      3. Note values.
      4. Pitches.
      5. Rhythms.
      6. Accidentals.
      7. Dynamics.
      8. Tempo indications.
      9. Various Italian terms that give direction in the music.
    2. Recognize the harmonic nature of one’s part within the a cappella setting.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in a cappella musicality.

    Objectives:

    1. Style, appropriate to the piece’s genre, including historical and/or cultural aspects.
    2. Phrasing appropriate to the notation and text creating forward moving musical lines with fitting rise and fall.
    3. Consistency and continuity within one’s performance and from piece to piece.
    4. Emotional communication including facial expression and physical involvement appropriate to the text and style of a piece.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in a cappella ensemble balance.

    Objectives: 

    1. Exhibit sensitivity to others on the same a cappella part.
    2. Exhibit sensitivity to the other a cappella parts within the whole.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in foreign language, nonlexical syllables, or vocal percussive sounds as it applies to a cappella performances.

    Objectives: 

    1. Perform individual sounds, including appropriate pronunciation, execution, intonation or stress.
    2. Paraphrase foreign language text to English translations.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in aesthetic sense as it is applied to an a cappella performance.

    Objectives: 

    1. Apply text within the music.
    2. Recognize the value of quality a cappella literature.
    3. Recognize the value of excellence in an a cappella performance.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    The A Cappella Vocal Ensemble is a music opportunity in vocal performance within an auditioned ensemble. Students develop vocal technique, notational reading ability, musicianship and team skills as well as acquire knowledge in music vocabulary and theory. They rehearse and perform various a cappella literature. Rehearsals include:

    1. Vocal Technique
    2. A Cappella Intonation
    3. Part Acquisition & Recognition
    4. Musicianship
    5. Musicality
    6. Posture/Support/Active Physical Engagement
    7. Focus/Energy/Attentiveness
    8. Diction/language Pronunciation
    9. Communication

    Primary Faculty
    Moses, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 2710 - Music History & Literature to 1750

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    History and literature of music covering Medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque periods.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able describe Medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque styles.

    Objective:

    1. Listen to examples of concertos, chamber music, symphonies, and sonatas
    2. Explain the differences among these compositions
    3. Express the historical and cultural significance these compositions

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify Medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque composers.

    Objective:

    1. Listen to examples of compositions from various composers within these time periods.
    2. Classify the differences among the composers
    3. Express the social, political, and economic impact of these composers

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicatecompetently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    In progress.
    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 2720 - Music History & Literature Since 1750

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    History and literature of music covering Classical, Romantic, and 20th Century periods.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able describe Classical, Romantic, and 20th Century periods.

    Objective:

    1. Listen to examples of concertos, chamber music, symphonies, and sonatas
    2. Explain the differences among these compositions
    3. Express the historical and cultural significance these compositions

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify Classical, Romantic, and 20th Century composers.

    Objective:

    1. Listen to examples of compositions from various composers within these time periods.
    2. Classify the differences among the composers
    3. Express the social, political, and economic impact of these composers

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate properly.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    In progress.
    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 2801 - Advanced Applied Music Piano

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: MUSC 1801

    Private instruction at an advanced level allowing the student to study and be coached in instrumental literature and prepare for concert or recital presentation. Participation in recital presentation required. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate music at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Posture and seating positions.
    2. Hand and finger positions.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an advanced understanding of:

    1. Warmup exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate repertoire at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and play repertoire at an advanced performance level:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. With piano accompaniment.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Scales
      2. Posture
      3. Articulation Technique
      4. Touch
      5. Phrasing
      6. L/R Hand Interdependence
    2. Repertoire
      1. Major Repertoire
      2. Preludes/Fugues
      3. Recital Performance and Jury

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 2802 - Advanced Applied Music Organ

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: MUSC 1802

    Private instruction at an advanced level allowing the student to study and be coached in instrumental literature and prepare for concert or recital presentation. Participation in recital presentation required. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate music at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Breath support.
    2. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    3. Finger touch, hand strength, hand balance, and hand independence.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an advanced understanding of:

    1. Warmup exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate repertoire at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and play repertoire at an advanced performance level:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. In foreign languages.
    3. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Scales
      2. Posture
      3. Articulation Technique
      4. Touch
      5. Phrasing
      6. L/R Hand Interdependence
    2. Repertoire
      1. Major Repertoire
      2. Preludes/Fugues
      3. Recital Performance and Jury

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 2803 - Advanced Applied Music Voice

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: MUSC 1803

    Private instruction at an advanced level allowing the student to study and be coached in vocal literature and prepare for concert or recital presentation. Participation in recital presentation required. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate music at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Breath support.
    2. Posture, standing, and seating positions
    3. Dictation and enunciation

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an advanced understanding of:

    1. Warmup exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate repertoire at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and play repertoire at an advanced performance level:

    1. With or without piano accompaniment.
    2. From different style periods.
    3. In foreign languages.
    4. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Breath Management
      2. Vocalize
      3. Posture
      4. Dictation
      5. Resonance and Quality
    2. Repertoire
      1. Vocal Literature
      2. Interpretation of Literature
      3. Stage Etiquette and Stage Presence
      4. Recital Performance and Jury

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 2804 - Advanced Applied Music Brasswinds

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: MUSC 1804

    Private instruction at an advanced level allowing the student to study and be coached in instrumental literature and prepare for concert or recital presentation. Participation in recital presentation required. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate music at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Breath support.
    2. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    3. Finger touch, hand strength, hand balance, and hand independence.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an advanced understanding of:

    1. Warmup exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate repertoire at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and play repertoire at an advanced performance level:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Breath Support
      2. Flexibility, Long Tones, Arpeggios, Scales
      3. Posture
      4. Tonguing
      5. Focus/Tone
      6. Focus/Tone F. Tone, Vibrato and Maturity
    2. Repertoire
      1. Etudes, Study and One Movement Solos
      2. Major Repertoire
      3. Recital Performance and Jury

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 2805 - Advanced Applied Music Woodwinds

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: MUSC 1805

    Private instruction at an advanced level allowing the student to study and be coached in instrumental literature and prepare for concert or recital presentation. Participation in recital presentation required. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate music at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Breath support.
    2. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    3. Finger touch, hand strength, hand balance, and hand independence.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an advanced understanding of:

    1. Warmup exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate repertoire at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and play repertoire at an advanced performance level:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Breath Support
      2. Flexibility, Long Tones, Arpeggios, Scales
      3. Posture
      4. Tonguing
      5. Focus/Tone
      6. Tone, Vibrato and Maturity
    2. Repertoire
      1. Etudes, Study and One Movement
      2. Major Repertoire
      3. Recital Performance and Jury

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 2806 - Advanced Applied Music Percussion

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: MUSC 1806

    Private instruction at an advanced level allowing the student to study and be coached in instrumental literature and prepare for concert or recital presentation. Participation in recital presentation required. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate music at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    2. Finger touch, hand strength, hand balance, and hand independence.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an advanced understanding of:

    1. Warmup exercises for flexibility.
    2. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate repertoire at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and play repertoire at an advanced performance level:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    I. Physical Skills A. Rudiments B. Hand Positioning C. Tone Production D. Articulation Styles

    1. Physical Skills
      1. Rudiments
      2. Hand Positioning
      3. Tone Production
      4. Articulation Styles
    2. Repertoire
      1. Solo Literature
      2. Multi-Percussion Literature
      3. Chamber Music
      4. Orchestra Literature

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 2807 - Advanced Applied Music Strings

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: MUSC 1807

    Private instruction at an advanced level allowing the student to study and be coached in instrumental literature and prepare for concert or recital presentation. Participation in recital presentation required. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate music at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    2. Hand, finger, and bow positions.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an advanced understanding of:

    1. Warmup exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate repertoire at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and play repertoire at an advanced performance level:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Full Smooth Bowing
      2. Scales
      3. Posture
      4. Articulation (Legato, Staccato)
      5. Left Hand Strength
      6. Tone and Vibrato
    2. Repertoire
      1. Etudes
      2. Major Repertoire
      3. Stage Etiquette and Stage Presence
      4. Recital Performance and Jury

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MUSC 2808 - Advanced Applied Music Classical Guitar

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: MUSC 1808

    Private instruction at an advanced level allowing the student to study and be coached in instrumental literature and prepare for concert or recital presentation. Participation in recital presentation required. May be taken 4 times for credit.

    Contact Hours: 0.5

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate music at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Note reading.
    2. Rhythmic reading.
    3. Phrasing.
    4. Tempo and dynamics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate physical support skills at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate at an advanced performance level:

    1. Posture, standing, and seating positions.
    2. Hand and finger positions.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate technical exercises at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and demonstrate an advanced understanding of:

    1. Warmup exercises for flexibility.
    2. Exercises for tone development.
    3. Articulation and tempo exercises for technical control.
    4. Scales and arpeggios for technical control.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to name, define, and demonstrate repertoire at an advanced performance level.

    Objectives: Name, define, and play repertoire at an advanced performance level:

    1. From different style periods.
    2. In both popular and classical styles.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Physical Skills
      1. Finger Strength
      2. Scales
      3. Posture
      4. Detached, Legato, Staccato
      5. Left Hand Strength
      6. Tone, Vibrato, and Maturity
    2. Repertoire
      1. Solo Etudes
      2. Introductory Repertoire
      3. Recital Performance and Jury

    Primary Faculty
    Cook, Thomas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Nursing

  
  • NURS 1145 - Health Assessment in Nursing

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; ENGL 1180 or ENGL 1210; BIOL 2400 or BIOL 2730; BIOL 1400, BIOL 2710, and HHSC 1040 all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: NURS 1155, NURS 1165, and NURS 1175

    (replaces but does not equate to NURS 1510)

    This theory course presents a general overview of the health assessment process in nursing. Topics include evidence-based, patient-centered adult physical assessment techniques, critical thinking skills in identifying assessment norms and variances, lifespan and cultural/gender variations, communication techniques in collecting subjective data systematically, and components of a sexual assessment as it relates to sexuality throughout the lifespan.

    Contact Hours: 3 per week for 8 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society

     

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. Analyze and apply the critical components of evidence-based nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1.  Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define evidence‐based practice and describe examples that apply to the health assessment of selected patients.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will define and describe evidence‐based practice associated with health assessment of the adult patient.
    2. The student will define and describe the skills and techniques required to complete a health assessment of the adult patient.

     

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
     

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    2. Recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify how nursing and other health professions are part of a system that affects patient and family outcomes.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will describe the roles of health professionals in the assessment process.
    2. The student will recognize how efficient, accurate nursing assessment impacts quality care of the patient.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Introduction to Physical Assessment
      1. Organization of data
      2. Medical vs. nursing models
      3. Inspection
      4. Palpation
      5. Percussion
      6. Auscultation
      7. Equipment
    2. Review of the Assessment Process
      1. Purpose
      2. Comparison of nursing and medical assessments; principles of caring
      3. Database
      4. Data sources
      5. Equipment
      6. Communication techniques
      7. Life‐span and cultural considerations
    3. Assessing the Skin, Hair, and Nails
      1. Subjective data
      2. Objective data
    4. Assessing the GI System
      1. Subjective data
      2. Objective data
    5. Assessing the Respiratory System
      1. Subjective data
      2. Objective data
    6. Assessing the Cardiovascular System
      1. Subjective data
      2. Objective data
    7. Assessing the Head, Neck, and Thyroid
      1. Subjective data
      2. Objective data
    8. Assessing the Musculoskeletal System
      1. Subjective data
      2. Objective data
    9. Assessing the Neurological System
      1. Subjective data
      2. Objective data
    10. Assessing the Reproductive System/Breast Examination
      1. Subjective data
      2. Objective data
    11. Assessing/Instructing Patients in Health Promotion Strategies
      1. Nursing diagnoses
    12. Assessment of Sexuality
      1. Components of sexual history
      2. Sexuality throughout the life span
      3. Factors affecting sexuality

    Primary Faculty
    Sikorski, Catherine
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 1155 - Fundamentals of Nursing Practice 1

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; ENGL 1180 or ENGL 1210; BIOL 2400 or BIOL 2730; BIOL 1400, BIOL 2710, and HHSC 1040 all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: NURS 1145, NURS 1165, and NURS 1175

    (replaces but does not equate to NURS 1520)

    This theory course focuses on developing the critical thinking skills of the nursing process. It introduces communication and interviewing techniques for data collection, examines the nursing implications for diagnostic studies while planning nursing care, and introduces infectious disease principles. In addition, the course addresses pharmacologic principles and safe medication administration.

    Contact Hours: 3 per week for 8 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. Analyze and apply the critical components of evidence-based nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define evidence‐based practice and describe examples that apply to the adult patient population.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will identify and begin to apply evidence‐based practice in the communication process.
    2. The student will identify and begin to apply evidence‐based practice in nursing process.
    3. The student will identify and begin to apply evidence‐based practice related to diagnostic testing.
    4. The student will identify and begin to apply evidence‐based practice with infectious diseases.
    5. The student will identify and begin to apply evidence‐based practice with pharmacologic principles and medication administration.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    2. Recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    2. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify how nursing quality improvement strategies affect patient and family outcomes.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will identify quality improvement/nursing strategies when applying the nursing process.
    2. The student will identify quality improvement/nursing strategies while communicating with patients, families, and healthcare team members.
    3. The student will identify quality improvement/nursing strategies while obtaining health history data.
    4. The student will identify quality improvement/nursing strategies while preparing and analyzing diagnostic testing.
    5. The student will identify quality improvement/nursing strategies for the patient with an infectious disease process.
    6. The student will identify quality improvement/nursing strategies while preparing to administer medications in a safe manner.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Infectious Disease
      1. Organism
      2. Culture/sensitivity
      3. Antibiotic use
      4. Evidence‐based practice
    2. Introduction to Diagnostic Testing
      1. Laboratory tests
      2. Radiographic tests
      3. Endoscopic procedures
      4. Nursing implications
      5. Evidence‐based practice
    3. Nursing Process
      1. Assessment
      2. Analysis/planning
      3. Nursing diagnosis
      4. Intervention
      5. Evaluation
    4. Evidence‐Based Practice
    5. Health History
      1. Process
      2. Data
      3. Organization
    6. Communication
      1. Methods of communication
      2. Verbal/nonverbal techniques
      3. Therapeutic techniques
      4. Non‐therapeutic techniques
      5. Social vs therapeutic relationships
      6. Life span considerations
      7. Cultural considerations
      8. Evidence‐based practice
    7. Pharmacological Principles
      1. Application of basic medication principles
      2. Pharmacokenitics
      3. Pharmacodynamics
      4. Pharmacotherapeutics
      5. Adverse drug reaction
      6. Factors affecting drug absorption
    8. Medication Administration
      1. Medication orders
      2. Five rights of medication administration
      3. Medication errors
      4. Preventing medication errors
      5. Evidence‐based practice

    Primary Faculty
    Malak, Bonita
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 1165 - Introduction to Clinical Nursing Skills

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; ENGL 1180 or ENGL 1210; BIOL 2400 or BIOL 2730; BIOL 1400, BIOL 2710, and HHSC 1040 all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: NURS 1145, NURS 1155, and NURS 1175

    (replaces but does not equate to NURS 1530)

    This course focuses on skills needed to provide and manage safe nursing care of adult patients. The student will practice critical thinking and communication skills in order to safely care for adults of various ages. Major emphasis will be on developing psychomotor skills related to vital signs, personal hygiene, asepsis, transfer and ambulation, hydration, elimination, intake/output, ostomies, wound care, comfort measures, and administration of medications. The course also introduces documentation of procedures and nursing care, including the use of basic technology within the healthcare setting. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Contact Hours: 6 per week for 8 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    III. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    3. Demonstrate critical thinking by applying the nursing process to provide safe, culturally appropriate, patient-centered care.

    Course Outcome:

    1. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and describe the problem solving and decision strategies necessary to use the nursing process while caring for general adult patients

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will identify drug actions and nursing interventions appropriate to administering medications in the laboratory practice setting.
    2. The student will correctly compute drug calculations in the laboratory practice setting.
    3. The student will perform basic nursing interventions safely in the laboratory and hospital settings.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    IV. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    4. Communicate effectively with patients, families, and the interdisciplinary healthcare team.

    Course Outcome:

    2. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and begin to demonstrate therapeutic communication techniques in the laboratory setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will document care accurately and consistently.
    2. The student will report changes in patient’s condition promptly to the instructor and the responsible registered nurse.
    3. The student will therapeutically communicate and demonstrate appropriate nonverbal behavior.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    IV. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    5. Demonstrate professionalism in his/her practice.

    Course Outcome:

    3. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define and begin to demonstrate the role of the professional nurse in the simulated clinical setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will maintain confidentiality of information.
    2. The student will practice within the ethical and legal framework of nursing (ANA Scope and Standard of Practice).
    3. The student will promptly report unsafe, illegal, or inappropriate incidents to faculty and/or staff.
    4. The student will maintain professional appearance, attitude, and conduct.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    6. Utilize technology appropriately in planning and providing nursing care.

    Course Outcome:

    4. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate use of basic technology within the laboratory setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will perform nursing interventions safely in the laboratory setting.
    2. The student will utilize technology to obtain and record relevant adult patient data, including nursing care and patient response.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

     


    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Orientation Providing Environmental Safety
      1. Medical asepsis
      2. Universal Precautions
      3. Isolation techniques
      4. Body mechanics
      5. Transferring and ambulation
      6. Applying restraints
    2. Application of the Nursing Process to Assessing Vital Signs
      1. Temperature, pulse, respiration
      2. Blood pressure
      3. Pulse oximetry
    3. Application of the Nursing Process to Patient Hygiene
      1. Bathing
      2. Oral care
      3. Perineal care
      4. Anti‐embolic hose
      5. ROM
      6. Bed making
      7. Assisting with bedpan/urinal
      8. Positioning
    4. Application of the Nursing Process to Wound Care
      1. Non sterile
      2. Wet to dry
      3. Packing
      4. Assessment
    5. Application of the Nursing Process to Patient Elimination
      1. Intake/output
      2. Specimen collection
      3. Sterile gloving
      4. Catheterization
      5. Enema
      6. Ostomy care
    6. Application of the Nursing Process to Patient Health History Interview
      1. Interview
      2. Documentation
    7. Application of the Nursing Process to Patient Developing Communication Skills
      1. Communication Techniques
      2. Blocks to communication
      3. Relating to patients from different cultures
      4. Relating to patients with altered sensory perception
    8. Clinical Experience at Community Agency
      1. Introduction to long‐term care or clinical facility
      2. Vital signs
    9. Medication Preparation and Administration
      1. Oral
      2. Intramuscular, subcutaneous, intradermal
      3. Other methods of medication administration
      4. Medication charting

    Primary Faculty
    Malak, Bonita
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 1175 - Health Assessment Skills in Nursing

    Credit Hours: 0.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; ENGL 1180 or ENGL 1210; BIOL 2400 or BIOL 2730; BIOL 1400, BIOL 2710, and HHSC 1040 all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: NURS 1145, NURS 1155, and NURS 1165

    In this laboratory course students will identify, practice, and demonstrate physical examination and data collection skills as a framework for learning to provide and manage safe, competent care to culturally diverse adult patients. Students will utilize critical thinking and communication skills while employing evidence-based practice as it relates to assessment. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Contact Hours: 3 per week for 8 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    III. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can demonstrate critical thinking by applying the nursing process to provide safe, culturally appropriate, patient-centered care.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can identify and describe the problem solving and decision strategies necessary to use the nursing process while assessing healthy adults in the laboratory setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will demonstrate competence in assessment/data collection (i.e., labs, diagnostics, medications, etc).
    2. The student will perform nursing interventions safely, in a timely manner.
    3. The student will provide care with sensitivity and respect for human diversity.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    IV. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can communicate effectively with patients, families, and the interdisciplinary healthcare team.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can identify and begin to demonstrate therapeutic communication while performing a health assessment.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will document accurately, completely and consistently on all patient records and assignments.
    2. The student will communicate therapeutically with the patient and family.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can demonstrate professionalism in his/her practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can define and begin to demonstrate the role of the professional nurse while performing a health assessment in the laboratory setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will maintain confidentiality of information.
    2. The student will practice within the ethical and legal framework of nursing (ANA Scope and Standard of Practice).
    3. The student will promptly report unsafe, illegal, or inappropriate incidents to faculty and/or staff.
    4. The student will maintain professional appearance, attitude, and conduct.
    5. The student will recognize own limitations, seek assistance from faculty/staff, and assume responsibility for own learning and professional growth.
    6. The student will be receptive to and use constructive feedback to improve performance.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can utilize technology appropriately in planning and providing nursing care.

    Course Outcome:

    1.  The student can demonstrate use of basic technology while performing a health assessment within the laboratory setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will use patient care equipment safely.
    2. The student will use technology to obtain and record relevant patient data including nursing care and patient response.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Health History Interview, Techniques and Equipment
      1. Data collection
      2. Inspection
      3. Palpation
      4. Auscultation
      5. Percussion
    2. Abdominal/Gastrointestinal and Male Reproductive Assessment
      1. Subjective data
      2. Objective data
      3. Documentation
    3. Lung and Respiratory Assessment
      1. Subjective data
      2. Objective data
      3. Documentation
    4. Heart/Peripheral Vascular and Breast/Axillae Assessment
      1. Subjective data
      2. Objective data
      3. Documentation
    5. Musculoskeletal and Neurologic Assessment
      1. Subjective data
      2. Objective data
      3. Documentation
    6. Head, Eyes, Ears, Nose & Throat Assessment
      1. Subjective data
      2. Objective data
      3. Documentation

    Primary Faculty
    DeBoer, Karen
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 1245 - Fundamentals of Nursing Practice 2A

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 1145, NURS 1155, NURS 1165, NURS 1175, and PSYC 1010 all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: NURS 1265

    (replaces but does not equate to NURS 1610)

    This theory course focuses on planning safe, culturally-diverse, patient-centered nursing care to patients experiencing problems related to wounds, fluid and electrolyte balance, pain, oxygenation, and diabetes mellitus. It emphasizes using evidence-based practice and quality improvement initiatives to develop critical thinking skills in caring for patients and their families. In addition, the course addresses growth and development of middle adulthood and nursing documentation in the medical record.

    Contact Hours: 6 per week for 4 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. Analyze and apply the critical components of evidence-based nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define evidence‐based practice and describe examples that apply to patients with physiologic nursing problems.

    Course Objectives: The student will:

    1. The student will describe the nursing care of culturally‐diverse patients experiencing problems related to wounds.
    2. The student will describe the nursing care of culturally‐diverse patients experiencing problems related to fluid and electrolyte balance
    3. The student will describe the nursing care of culturally‐diverse patients experiencing problems related to pain.
    4. The student will describe the nursing care of culturally‐diverse patients experiencing problems related to oxygenation.
    5. The student will describe the nursing care of culturally‐diverse patients experiencing problems related to diabetes mellitus.
    6. The student will describe the nursing care of culturally‐diverse patients experiencing problems related to middle adulthood.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    2. Recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    2. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify national patient safety goals and quality indicators for patients with physiologic nursing problems.

    Course Objectives: The student will:

    1. The student will identify quality indicators for patients with problems related to wounds, pain, and diabetes mellitus.
    2. The student will recall regulatory standards and legal and ethical principles that affect nursing documentation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Wounds
      1. Reactions of the body to trauma
      2. Factors affecting wound healing
      3. Pressure ulcers
      4. Wound assessment
      5. Nursing diagnosis
      6. Nursing interventions
      7. Quality standards
        1. Assessment
        2. Staging
        3. Documentation
    2. Fluid/Electrolyte Balance
      1. Factors affecting fluid and electrolyte balance
      2. Fluid volume excess
      3. Fluid volume deficit
      4. Electrolyte imbalances
      5. Subjective findings
      6. Objective findings
      7. Nursing diagnosis
      8. Nursing interventions
    3. Pain
      1. Physiological and emotional aspects of pain
      2. Cultural influences
      3. Chronic vs. acute pain
      4. Pain assessment
      5. Nursing diagnosis
      6. Non‐pharmacologic interventions
      7. Pharmacologic interventions
        1. Opioids
        2. NSAIDS
      8. Quality standards
        1. Rating scales
        2. Goal setting
        3. Assessment/reassessment
    4. Oxygenation
      1. Factors affecting respiration
      2. Assessing oxygenation
      3. Promoting oxygenation
      4. Oxygen delivery systems/oxygen therapy
      5. Tracheotomy
      6. Medications
        1. Cough
        2. Inhalers
        3. Antihistamines
    5. Diabetes Mellitus
      1. Pathophysiology
      2. Clinical manifestations
      3. Nursing diagnosis
      4. Nursing interventions
      5. Pharmacologic interventions
        1. Insulin
        2. Oral agents
      6. Quality standards of care
    6. Middle Adulthood
      1. Biologic development
      2. Psychosocial development
      3. Developmental issues
    7. Documentation
      1. Purposes
      2. Types
      3. Methods/rules
      4. Legal and ethical principles
      5. Regulatory requirements
      6. Acceptable abbreviations

    Primary Faculty
    Courtemanche, Edward
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 1255 - Fundamentals of Nursing Practice 2B

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 1245 with grade C or better

    Corequisites: NURS 1265

    (replaces but does not equate to NURS 1620)

    This theory course focuses on planning safe, culturally-diverse, patient-centered nursing care for patients experiencing sleep, vision, hearing, immobility, and end of life care problems. The course presents an introduction to cancer as well as the concept of spirituality as utilized in patient-centered care. It emphasizes using evidence-based practice and quality improvement initiatives to develop critical thinking skills in caring for patients and their families and addresses growth and development of older adults.

    Contact Hours: 6 per week for 4 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. Analyze and apply the critical components of evidence-based nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define evidence‐based practice and describe examples that apply to patient populations with problems related to the senses and end of life issues.

    Course Objectives: The student will:

    1. The student will describe nursing care of culturally‐diverse patients experiencing problems related to sleep.
    2. The student will describe nursing care of culturally‐diverse patients experiencing problems related to vision.
    3. The student will describe nursing care of culturally‐diverse patients experiencing problems related to hearing.
    4. The student will describe nursing care of culturally‐diverse patients experiencing problems related to immobility.
    5. The student will describe nursing care of culturally‐diverse patients at the end of life.
    6. The student will describe spirituality as a concept utilized in the provision of nursing care.
    7. The student will define basic terminology, risk factors, and nursing and medical interventions related to cancer patients.
    8. The student will describe physiological, psychosocial, and developmental concerns of the older adult population.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    2. Recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    2. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify national patient safety goals and quality indicators for older adult patients.

    Course Objectives: The student will:

    1. The student will identify the interdisciplinary role of nursing in the care of patients with problems related to immobility, sleep, vision and hearing, cancer, end of life, spirituality, and older adulthood.
    2. The student will identify the role of spirituality in the provision of patient‐centered nursing care.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Immobility
      1. Medical terminology
      2. Effects of immobility on all body systems
      3. Nursing diagnosis related to immobility
      4. Nursing interventions
      5. Evaluation of care
    2. Sleep
      1. Medical terminology
      2. Process/physiology
      3. Fitness
      4. Disorders
      5. Nursing strategies to promote sleep
      6. Non drug therapy
      7. Pharmacologic therapy used for sleep
        1. Hypnotics
        2. Benzodiazepines and like drugs
        3. Antidepressants
        4. Antihistamines
        5. Alternative medicines
    3. Vision
      1. Medical terminology
      2. Medical and surgical management for patients with problems related to:
        1. Cataracts
        2. Glaucoma
        3. Retinal detachment
        4. Macular degeneration
        5. Corneal disorders
        6. Safety issues
      3. Nursing care for patients with problems related to:
        1. Cataracts
        2. Glaucoma
        3. Retinal detachment
        4. Macular degeneration
        5. Corneal disorders
        6. EBP
    4. Hearing
      1. Medical terminology
      2. Medical and surgical management for patients with problems related to:
        1. Hearing loss
        2. Meniere’s Disease
      3. Nursing care for patients with problems related to:
        1. Hearing loss
        2. Meniere’s Disease
        3. EBP
    5. Cancer
      1. Medical terminology
      2. Benign and malignant tumors
      3. Carcinogens
      4. Risk factors
      5. Cell characteristics
      6. Metastatic staging
      7. Warning signs
      8. Introduction to nursing and medical interventions
      9. Survivorship
      10. Evidence-based practice (EBP)
    6. End of Life
      1. Medical terminology
      2. Advance directives/palliative care
      3. Signs of impending death
      4. Pharmacologic care for end of life issues
        1. Types of pain
        2. Common clinical problems
        3. Adjuvants
        4. Non‐pharmacological interventions
      5. Ethics
      6. After death care
        1. Postmortem care
        2. Supportive care
      7. EBP
    7. Spirituality
      1. Concept
      2. Joint commission recommendations
      3. Collaborative care
      4. EBP
    8. Older Adulthood
      1. Medical terminology
      2. Physiological integrity
      3. Psychosocial integrity
      4. Developmental issues
      5. Risk factors and safety standards
      6. EBP
    9. Integrated Pharmacology Content
      1. Narcotics and Adjuvants for Pain and Comfort at End of Life
        1. Opioids
        2. Laxatives
        3. Anti-emetics
        4. Anticholinergic
        5. Appetite stimulants
      2. Opthalmic drugs
        1. antibiotics
        2. antiglaucoma agents
      3. Sleep aids

    Primary Faculty
    Tuoriniemi, Pamela
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 1265 - Introduction to Clinical Nursing Practice

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 1145, NURS 1155, NURS 1165, NURS 1175, and PSYC 1010 all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: NURS1245 and NURS 1255

    (replaces but does not equate to NURS 1630)

    This patient-centered clinical course helps students develop skills in providing and managing nursing care. Utilizing the nursing process, students will develop critical thinking, communication skills, application of technology, and professional responsibility while safely caring for adult patients. This clinical course will focus on documentation, medication administration, and health assessment of the hospitalized patient. New skills emphasized during this rotation include nursing care of patients requiring gastric feedings, tracheotomy care, respiratory suctioning, and respiratory adjunct oxygen implementation. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Contact Hours: 9 per week for 8 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    III. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    3. Demonstrate critical thinking by applying the nursing process to provide safe, culturally appropriate, patient-centered care.

    Course Outcome:

    1. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and describe the problem solving and decision strategies necessary to use the nursing process while caring for general adult patients in the hospital setting

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will demonstrate competence in physical assessment with adults in the general hospital setting.
    2. The student will identify drug actions and nursing interventions appropriate to administering medications to adult patients in the general hospital setting.
    3. The student will correctly compute and administer drugs to adults in the general hospital setting.
    4. The student will perform basic nursing interventions safely while caring for adults in the general hospital setting.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    IV. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    4. Communicate effectively with patients, families, and the interdisciplinary healthcare team.

    Course Outcome:

    2. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and begin to demonstrate therapeutic communication techniques in the hospital setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will document care accurately and consistently while caring for adult patients in the hospital setting.
    2. The student will report changes in patient’s condition promptly to the instructor and the responsible registered nurse.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    IV. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    5. Demonstrate professionalism in his/her practice.

    Course Outcome:

    3. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define and begin to demonstrate the role of the professional nurse in the hospital clinical setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will maintain confidentiality of information.
    2. The student will practice within the ethical and legal framework of nursing (ANA Scope and Standard of Practice).
    3. The student will promptly report unsafe, illegal, or inappropriate incidents to faculty and/or staff.
    4. The student will maintain professional appearance, attitude, and conduct.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    6. Utilize technology appropriately in planning and providing nursing care.

    Course Outcome

    4. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate use of basic technology within the healthcare setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will perform nursing interventions safely while caring for adults in the general hospital setting.
    2. The student will utilize technology to obtain and record relevant adult patient data, including nursing care and patient response.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Nursing Care related to Oxygenation
      1. Oxygen delivery devices
        1. Nasal cannula
        2. Masks
        3. Tracheostomy care
      2. Promoting oxygenation
        1. Metered dosed inhalers
        2. Nebulizers
        3. Suctioning
        4. Chest physiotherapy
    2. Nursing Care related to Gastrointestinal Care
      1. PEG care
        1. Nutrition
        2. Medication administration
        3. Patent tube
      2. PEJ
        1. Nutrition
        2. Medication administration
        3. Patent tube
      3. Feeding tube
        1. Nutrition
        2. Medication administration
        3. Patent tube
    3. Health Assessment of the Hospitalized Adult Patients
      1. Health history and physical exam
      2. Application of nursing process
    4. Application of the Nursing Process to Patient Care
      1. Safe medication administration
        1. Nonparenteral: oral, ototic, ophthalmic, topical
        2. Parenteral: intramuscular, subcutaneous, intradermal
        3. Dosage calculations
        4. Comprehensive health assessment
      2. Nursing interventions to promote health physiologic responses

    Primary Faculty
    Sikorski, Catherine
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 1345 - Introduction to Adult Medical-Surgical Nursing A

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 1255 and NURS 1265 all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: NURS 1365

    (replaces but does not equate to NURS 1710)

    This theory course focuses on planning safe, culturally-diverse, patient-centered nursing care to patients experiencing surgical interventions, gastrointestinal problems, and nutritional problems. It emphasizes using evidence-based practice and quality improvement initiatives to develop critical thinking skills in caring for culturally-diverse patients and their families.

    Contact Hours: 6 per week for 4 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. Analyze and apply the critical components of evidence-based nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the role of evidence in determining best clinical practice and differentiate clinical opinion from research and evidence summaries for patients experiencing surgical interventions, gastrointestinal problems, and nutritional problems.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will explain subjective and objective data of patients experiencing surgical interventions, gastrointestinal problems, and nutritional problems.
    2. The student will identify data to select appropriate nursing diagnosis and collaborative problems of patients experiencing surgical interventions, gastrointestinal problems, and nutritional problems.
    3. The student will recall evidence‐based collaborative management for the patient experiencing surgical interventions, gastrointestinal problems, and nutritional problems.
    4. The student will explain evidence‐based nursing interventions for patients experiencing surgical interventions, gastrointestinal problems, and nutritional problems.

     

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    2. Recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    2. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify national patient safety goals and quality indicators for patients experiencing surgical interventions, gastrointestinal problems, and nutritional problems.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will recognize quality indicators related to perforated appendix rates.
    2. The student will state national patient safety goals involved in preventing wrong site surgery.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Nutritional Assessment
      1. Guidelines
      2. Influencing affecting factors
      3. Cultural, age, gender variations
      4. Diagnosis
      5. Interventions
      6. Evaluation
    2.  Perioperative Nursing
      1. Perioperative period
        1. Surgical setings
        2. Classifications
        3. Surgical risks
        4. Surgical terminology
        5. Physiological stress response to surgery
        6. Changes of aging related to surgery
        7. Psychosocial considerations
        8. Preoperative nursing assessment
          1. Subjective data
          2. Objective data
        9. Preoperative nursing interventions
          1. Preoperative teaching
            1. Physical preparation
            2. Postop care preparation
          2. Preoperative/operative medication
            1. Sedatives/hypnotics
            2. Tranquilizers (benzodiazepines)
            3. Narcotic analgesics
            4. Anticholinergics
            5. Antianxiolytics
            6. Prophylactic antibiotics
            7. Antiemetics
          3. Operative permit
            1. Informed consent
            2. Witness signature
          4. Preoperative checklist
      2. Intraoperative period
        1. Physical environment
          1. Holding area
          2. Operating room
        2. Roles of members of surgical team
          1. Surgeon
          2. Anesthesiologist/anesthetist
          3. Circulation nurse
          4. Scrub nurse/tech
        3. Management of the patient in the OR
        4. Anesthesia
          1. Definition
          2. Types
            1. General
              1. Intravenous agents
              2. Inhalation agents
            2. Regional
              1. Spina
              2. Epidural
          3. Stages of anesthesia
          4. Anesthesia Adjuncts
            1. Neuromuscular blocking agents
            2. Narcotics
            3. Tranquilizers
            4. Antiemetics
            5. Anticholinergics
            6. Neuromuscular reversing agents
        5. Intraoperative complications
      3. Immediate postoperative period (PACU)
        1. Initial assessment and related interventions
        2. Criteria for discharge from the PACU
      4. Care for the post‐op patient on the nursing unit
        1. Continued assessment and interventions
        2. Postoperative pain management
        3. Potential complications and related interventions in the post‐op patient
        4. Discharge teaching
    3. Ingestion/Esophageal Disorders
      1. Pathophysiology of:
        1. Dental disorders
        2. Periodontal disease
        3. Oral disorders
        4. Benign tumors of the oral cavity
        5. Premalignant tumors of the oral cavity
        6. Malignant tumors of the oral cavity
        7. Disorders of the salivary glands
        8. Achalasia
        9. Diffuse esophageal spasm
        10. Gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
        11. Hiatel hernia
        12. Diverticula
        13. Esophageal neoplasms
      2. Subjective findings
      3. Objective findings
      4. Medical/surgical management
      5. Nursing diagnosis
      6. Nursing interventions
    4. Gastric Disorders
      1. Pathophysiology of:
        1. Acute gastritis
        2. Chronic gastritis
        3. Peptic ulcer disease
        4. Gastric ulcer
      2. Subjective findings
      3. Objective findings
      4. Medical/surgical management
      5. Nursing diagnosis
      6. Nursing interventions
    5. Gall Bladder/Pancreas Disorders
      1. Pathophysiology of:
        1. Cholelithiasis
        2. Acute cholecystitis
        3. Acute acalculous cholecystitis
        4. Chronic cholecystitis
        5. Choledocholithiasis/cholangitis
        6. Carcinoma of the gall bladder
        7. Acute pancreatitis
        8. Chronic pancreatitis
      2. Subjective findings
      3. Objective findings
      4. Medical/surgical management
      5. Nursing diagnosis
      6. Nursing interventions
    6. Liver Disorders
      1. Pathophysiology of:
        1. Hemolytic jaundice
        2. Hepatocellular jaundice
        3. Obstructive jaundice
        4. Viral hepatitis
        5. Toxic hepatitis
        6. Alcoholic hepatitis
        7. Laennec’s cirrhosis
        8. Postnecrotic cirrhosis
        9. Biliary cirrhosis
        10. Portal hypertension
        11. Ascites
        12. Hepatic encephalopathy
        13. Fatty liver
        14. Liver neoplasms
      2. Subjective findings
      3. Objective findings
      4. Medical/surgical management
      5. Nursing diagnosis
      6. Nursing interventions
    7. Intestinal Disorders
      1. Pathophysiology of:
        1. Bowel infections/infestations
        2. Appendicitis
        3. Peritonitis
        4. Crohn’s disease
        5. Ulcerative colitis
        6. Benign bowel tumors
        7. Cancer of the small bowel
        8. Colon cancer
        9. Herniations
        10. Diverticular disease
        11. Obstruction
        12. Irritable bowel syndrome
        13. Acquired megacolon
        14. Hemorrhoids
        15. Pilonidal cyst
        16. Anal fissure
        17. Anal fistula
        18. Anorectal abscess
        19. Anorectal tumor
      2. Subjective findings
      3. Objective findings
      4. Medical/surgical management
      5. Nursing diagnosis
      6. Nursing interventions
    8. Pharmacology Categories: Integrated Throughout the Course with Appropriate Content
      1. Antacids/antiflatulents
      2. Antidiarrheals
      3. Laxatives
      4. Antiemetics
      5. Intravenous therapy
      6. Nutritional therapy
      7. Sedatives/hypnotics
      8. Tranquilizers (benzodiazepines)
      9. Narcotic analgesics
      10. Anticholinergics
      11. Antianxiolytics
      12. Prophylactic antibiotics
      13. Neuromuscular blocking agents
      14. Neuromuscular reversing agents

    Primary Faculty
    Courtemanche, Edward
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 1355 - Introduction to Adult Medical-Surgical Nursing B

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 1345 with grade C or better

    Corequisites: NURS 1365

    (replaces but does not equate to NURS 1720)

    This theory course focuses on planning safe, culturally-diverse, patient-centered nursing care to patients experiencing problems related to acid-base balance, the respiratory system, and diabetes. It emphasizes using evidence-based practice and quality improvement initiatives to develop critical thinking skills in caring for culturally-diverse patients and their families.

    Contact Hours: 6 per week for 4 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. Analyze and apply the critical components of evidence-based nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the role of evidence in determining best clinical practice and differentiate clinical opinion from research and evidence summaries for patients with acid‐base disturbances, respiratory disorders, and diabetes.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will interpret subjective and objective data for patients with acid‐base disturbances, respiratory disorders, and diabetes.
    2. The student will interpret data to select appropriate nursing diagnosis and collaborative problems.
    3. The student will describe evidence‐based collaborative management for the patient with acid‐base disturbances, respiratory disorders, and diabetes.
    4. The student will select evidence‐based nursing interventions for patients with acid‐base disturbances, respiratory disorders, and diabetes.

     

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    2. Recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    2. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify national patient safety goals and quality indicators for patients with acid‐base disturbances, respiratory disorders, and diabetes.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will recognize quality indicators for patients with bacterial pneumonia.
    2. The student will define quality indicators for patients with adult asthma.
    3. The student will explain quality indicators for the patient with COPD.
    4. The student will state national patient safety goals to prevent ventilator‐acquired pneumonia.
    5. The student will explain national patient safety goals to prevent injury in patients receiving anticoagulation therapy.
    6. The student will explain quality indicators in the collaborative management of the patient with diabetes.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    UNIT 1 ‐ RESPIRATORY DISORDERS

    1. Assessment of the Respiratory System
      1. Anatomy & physiology overview
      2. Assessment techniques
        1. History
        2. Physical and psychosocial assessment
        3. Diagnostic assessment
      3. Changes in the respiratory system related to aging
    2. Interventions for Patients requiring Oxygen or Tracheostomy
      1. Oxygen therapy
        1. Complications
        2. Deficiency systems
        3. Home care management
        4. Evidence‐based practice for patient requiring oxygen
      2. Tracheostomy
        1. Pre‐ and post‐op care
        2. Complications
        3. Trache tubes
        4. Trache care
        5. Evidence‐based practice for patients requiring suctioning
        6. Best practices for patients with tracheostomy
        7. Best practices to prevent aspiration
    3. Interventions for Patients with Noninfectious Upper Respiratory Problems
      1. Disorders of nose and sinuses
        1. Fractures
        2. Epistaxis
        3. Cancers
        4. Trauma
      2. Disorders of pharynx
        1. Obstructive sleep apnea
        2. Management
          1. Assessment
          2. Interventions
            1. Non‐surgical
            2. Surgical
      3. Disorders of the larynx
        1. Vocal cord paralysis, nodules, and polyps
        2. Laryngeal trauma
      4. Upper airway obstruction and neck trauma
      5. Head and neck cancer
        1. Pathophysiology
        2. Assessment
        3. Interventions
          1. Non‐surgical
          2. Laryngectomy
        4. Pre‐ and post‐op care
        5. Speech rehab
        6. Home care
        7. Best practices to prevent aspiration
    4. Interventions for Patients with Noninfectious Lower Respiratory Problems
      1. Chronic airflow limitations (asthma, emphysema, bronchitis)
        1. Pathophysiology
        2. Etiology
        3. Collaborative management
          1. Physical and psychosocial assessment
          2. Diagnostic assessment
          3. Nursing diagnosis
          4. Pharmacologic interventions
            1. Bronchodilators
            2. Steroids
            3. Expectorants
            4. Mucolytics
          5. Nursing management
        4. Quality indicators for asthma, COPD
      2. Pulmonary hypertension
      3. Interstitial pulmonary diseases
        1. Sarcoidosis
        2. Pulmonary fibrosis
      4. Occupational pulmonary diseases
      5. Lung cancer
        1. Pathophysiology
        2. Etiology
        3. Collaborative management
          1. Physical and psychosocial assessment
          2. Diagnostic assessment
          3. Operative procedures
          4. Post‐op care including chest tube management
          5. Palliative care
    5. Interventions for Patients with Infectious Respiratory Problems
      1. Disorders of the nose and sinuses
        1. Rhinitis and sinusitis
          1. Assessment
          2. Interventions
          3. Drug therapy
            1. Antihistamines
            2. Decongestants
          4. Surgical interventions
      2. Disorders of pharynx and tonsils
        1. Pharyngitis and tonsillitis
          1. Assessment
          2. Interventions
        2. Tonsillectomy
      3. Disorders of the larynx and lungs
        1. Laryngitis, influenza, pneumonia, and TB
          1. Overview
          2. Pathophysiology
          3. Etiology
          4. Management
            1. Assessment
            2. Diagnostics
            3. Interventions
          5. Drug therapy
            1. Antibiotics (penicillins, cephalosporins, tetracyclines, aminoglycosides, macrolides, vancomycin)
            2. Antitubercular
          6. Health teaching
          7. Patient safety goals related to pneumonia/vent‐acquired pneumonia
        2. Other influenzas (avian flu, swine flu)
      4. Emphysema, abscesses
        1. Assessment
        2. Interventions
      5. Inhalation anthrax
    6. Interventions for Critically Ill Patients with Respiratory Problems
      1. Pulmonary embolism
        1. Pathophysiology
        2. Etiology
        3. Management
          1. Assessment
          2. Diagnostics
        4. Non‐surgical interventions
          1. Oxygen therapy
          2. Anticoagulation therapy
            1. Heparin
            2. Coumadin
        5. Surgical interventions
        6. Health teaching
        7. Patient safety goals for patients receiving anticoagulation therapy
      2. Acute respiratory failure
      3. Acute respiratory distress syndrome
        1. Pathophysiology
        2. Etiology
        3. Management
          1. Assessment
          2. Interventions
            1. Drugs
            2. Oxygenation
      4. Intubation and mechanical ventilation
        1. Types of ventilators
        2. Modes
        3. Weaning
        4. Best practice to secure endotracheal tubes
        5. Best practices for patients requiring mechanical ventilation
      5. Chest trauma: rib fracture, flail chest, pneumothorax
        1. Overview
        2. Collaborative management

    UNIT 2 ‐ DIABETES MANAGEMENT

    1. Review of Diabetes
      1. Pathophysiology
      2. Diagnostics
    2. Nutritional Interventions
    3. Blood Glucose Monitoring
    4. Exercise Therapy
    5. Foot Care
    6. Drug Therapy
      1. Oral agents
      2. Insulin therapy
        1. Complications
        2. Alternative methods
      3. Newer drugs
    7. Quality Indicators for the Diabetic Patient

    UNIT 3 ‐ ACID‐BASE DISORDERS

    1. Introduction to Acid‐Base Balance
      1. Acid‐base chemistry
        1. Acids
        2. Bases
        3. Buffers
      2. Body fluid chemistry
      3. Acid‐base regulatory mechanisms
        1. Chemical
        2. Respiratory
        3. Renal
        4. Compensation
      4. Age related changes in acid‐base balance
    2. Assessment of Acid‐Base Balance
      1. History
      2. Physical assessment
      3. Diagnostics
    3. Interventions for Patients with Acid‐Base Imbalances
      1. Acidosis
        1. Metabolic
        2. Respiratory
        3. Combined
      2. Alkalosis
        1. Metabolic
        2. Respiratory
      3. Causes of metabolic and respiratory imbalances
      4. Assessment findings in metabolic and respiratory imbalances
    4. Analysis of Arterial Blood Gases

    Primary Faculty
    Courtemanche, Edward
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 1365 - Introduction to Adult Medical-Surgical Nursing Clinical

    Credit Hours: 2.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 1255 and NURS 1265 all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: NURS 1345 and NURS 1355

    (replaces but does not equate to NURS 1730)

    This patient-centered clinical course helps students develop skills in providing and managing nursing care for adult patients. Utilizing the nursing process, the student will develop critical thinking, communication skills, application of technology, and professional responsibility while safely caring for adult patients with surgery, acid-base imbalance, diabetes mellitus, and respiratory and gastrointestinal problems. New skills emphasized during this rotation include NG tubes, chest tubes, IV/IVPB, and blood and blood product transfusions. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Contact Hours: 15 per week for 8 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    III. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.

    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    3. Demonstrate critical thinking by applying the nursing process to provide safe, culturally appropriate, patient-centered care.

    Course Outcome:

    1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate effective use of the nursing process while caring for patients experiencing surgery, acid‐base imbalance, respiratory problems, diabetes mellitus, and gastrointestinal problems.

    Course Objectives: The student will:

    1. The student will demonstrate competence in physical assessment with adult patients.
    2. The student will identify drug actions and nursing interventions appropriate to the medications for patients experiencing surgery, acid‐base imbalance, respiratory problems, diabetes mellitus, and gastrointestinal problems.
    3. The student will correctly compute and administer drugs to patients experiencing surgery, acid‐base imbalance, respiratory problems, diabetes mellitus, and gastrointestinal problems.
    4. The student will perform nursing interventions safely with patients experiencing surgery, acid‐base imbalance, respiratory problems, diabetes mellitus, and gastrointestinal problems.

     

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    IV. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    4. Communicate effectively with patients, families, and the interdisciplinary healthcare team.

    Course Outcome:

    2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate therapeutic communication techniques, including teaching, for the patient and family experiencing surgery, acid‐base imbalance, respiratory problems, diabetes mellitus, and gastrointestinal problems.

    Course Objectives: The student will:

    1. The student will document care accurately and consistently.
    2. The student will report changes in patient’s condition promptly to the instructor and RN.

     

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    IV. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    5. Demonstrate professionalism in his/her practice.

    Course Outcome:

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate qualities and behaviors of the professional nurse while caring for patients experiencing surgery, acid‐base imbalance, respiratory problems, diabetes mellitus, and gastrointestinal problems.

    Course Objectives: The student will:

    1. The student will maintain confidentiality of information.
    2. The student will practice within the ethical and legal framework of nursing (ANA Scope and Standard of Practice).
    3. The student will promptly report unsafe, illegal, or inappropriate incidents to faculty and/or staff.
    4. The student will maintain professional appearance, attitude, and conduct

     

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    6. Utilize technology appropriately in planning and providing nursing care.

    Course Outcome:

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate use of available technology within the healthcare setting while caring for patients experiencing surgery, acid‐base imbalance, respiratory problems, diabetes mellitus, and gastrointestinal problems, including nursing care and patient response.

    Course Objectives: The student will:

    1. The student will perform nursing interventions safely with patients experiencing surgery, acid‐base imbalance, respiratory problems, diabetes mellitus, and gastrointestinal problems.
    2. The student will utilize technology to obtain and record relevant data for patients experiencing surgery, acid‐base imbalance, respiratory problems, diabetes mellitus, and gastrointestinal problems.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Perioperative Nursing Care
      1. Assessment and care of:
        1. Preoperative patients
        2. Intraoperative patients
        3. Postoperative patients
      2. Perioperative teaching
        1. Comfort/safety measures
        2. Medications/routes of administration
          1. Narcotics, antianxiolytics, anticholinergics
          2. PCA
          3. Epidural/spinal anesthesia
          4. Sedatives/hypnotics
          5. Anesthetic agents
      3. Postoperative nursing interventions
    2. Nursing Care for Patients with Acid‐Base Imbalances
      1. Assessment
      2. Regulation
      3. Laboratory tests
      4. Interventions
    3. Nursing Care for Patients Experiencing Respiratory Problems
      1. Lung assessment
      2. Nursing diagnoses (respiratory)
      3. Clinical manifestations
      4. Nursing interventions
      5. Analysis of diagnostic tests
      6. Pharmacological management of respiratory disorders
    4. Nursing Care for Patients with Gastrointestinal Problems
      1. Neoplastic disorders
      2. Ingestion/esophagus disorders
        1. Subjective findings
        2. Objective findings
        3. Medical/surgical management
        4. Nursing diagnosis
        5. Nursing interventions
      3. Gastric disorders
        1. Subjective findings
        2. Objective findings
        3. Medical/surgical management
        4. Nursing diagnosis
        5. Nursing interventions
      4. Gall bladder/pancreas disorders
        1. Subjective findings
        2. Objective findings
        3. Medical/surgical management
        4. Nursing diagnosis
        5. Nursing interventions
      5. Liver disorders
        1. Subjective findings
        2. Objective findings
        3. Medical/surgical management
        4. Nursing diagnosis
        5. Nursing interventions
      6. Intestinal disorders
        1. Subjective findings
        2. Objective findings
        3. Medical/surgical management
        4. Nursing diagnosis
        5. Nursing interventions
      7. Pharmacological management of gastrointestinal problems
      8. Blood/blood product transfusion
        1. Nursing interventions
      9. Skills/equipment
        1. IV/IVPB
        2. NG tubes
        3. Chest tubes
    5. Diabetes Mellitus
      1. Pathophysiology
      2. Oral agents
      3. Insulin
      4. Acute care management

    Primary Faculty
    Courtemanche, Edward
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 1446 - Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing A

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 1355 and NURS 1365 all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: NURS 1475

    (replaces NURS 1445)

    This theory course focuses on planning safe, culturally-diverse, patient-centered nursing care for patients experiencing problems related to anxiety, alterations in affect, and alterations in cognition. It emphasizes using evidence-based practice and quality improvement initiatives to develop critical thinking skills in caring for patients and their families. In addition, the course addresses growth and development of adolescent and young adult patients.

    Contact Hours: 8 per week for 4 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can analyze and apply the critical components of evidence-based nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can explain the role of evidence in determining best clinical practice and differentiate clinical opinion from research and evidence summaries for patients experiencing anxiety, alterations in affect, and alterations in cognition.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will explain the role of evidence in the nursing care of culturally-diverse patients experiencing anxiety, alterations in affect, and alterations in cognition.
    2. The student will give examples of subjective and objective data for patients experiencing anxiety, alterations in affect, and alterations in cognition.
    3. The student will explain evidence-based nursing interventions for patients experiencing anxiety, alterations in affect, and alterations in cognition.
    4. The student will identify evidence-based collaborative management for patients experiencing anxiety, alterations in affect, and alterations in cognition.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can identify national patient safety goals and quality indicators for patients experiencing anxiety, affective alterations, and cognitive alterations.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will describe national patient safety goals for patients experiencing suicidal ideation or demonstrating self harm.
    2. The student will describe national patient safety goals and quality indicators of patients experiencing assaultive behavior toward others due to anxiety, alterations in affect, or alterations in cognition.
    3. The student will describe national patient safety goals and quality indicators for patients at risk for injury to others or self due to alterations in cognition.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Foundations of Psychiatric Nursing
      1. Role of the nurse in the continuum of care
      2. Psychosocial, ethical, and socio‐cultural concepts
    2. Mental Health and the Nursing Process
      1. Nursing process
      2. Mental health assessment
      3. Psychobiological basis of behavior
      4. Continuum of care
    3. Psychotherapeutic/Milieu Management
      1. Therapeutic relationship
      2. Therapeutic communication
    4. Management of Patients with Depression and Suicidal Ideations
      1. Nursing process
      2. Antidepressant agents
      3. Electroconvulsive therapy
    5. Management of Patients with Mania
      1. Nursing process
      2. Antimanic agents
    6. Management of Patients with Schizophrenia
      1. Nursing process
      2. Antipsychotic agents
      3. Antiparkinsonian agents
    7. Management of Patients with Anxiety
      1. Nursing process
      2. Antianxiety agents
    8. Management of Adolescent and Young Adult Patients
      1. Normal growth and development
      2. Nursing process
      3. Somatic therapies

    Primary Faculty
    Tschirhart, Susan
    Secondary Faculty
    Lucas, Elizabeth
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 1456 - Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing B

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 1446 with grade C or better

    Corequisites: NURS 1475

    (formerly NURS 1455)

    This theory course focuses on planning safe, culturally-diverse, patient-centered nursing care for patients experiencing health problems related to chemical dependency, personality disorders, and organic mental disorders. It emphasizes using evidence-based practice and quality improvement initiatives to develop critical thinking skills in caring for patients and their families.

    Contact Hours: 8 per week for 4 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can analyze and apply the critical components of evidence‐based nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can explain the role of evidence in determining best clinical practice and differentiate clinical opinion from research and evidence summaries for patients experiencing chemical dependency, personality disorders, eating disorders, violence and abuse, organic mental disorders, and grief and loss.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will explain the role of evidence in the nursing care of culturally‐diverse patients experiencing chemical dependency, personality disorders, eating disorders, violence and abuse, organic mental disorders, and grief and loss.
    2. The student will give examples of subjective and objective data for patients experiencing chemical dependency, personality disorders, eating disorders, violence and abuse, organic mental disorders, and grief and loss.
    3. The student will explain evidence‐based nursing interventions for patients experiencing chemical dependency, personality disorders, eating disorders, violence and abuse, organic mental disorders, and grief and loss.
    4. The student will identify evidence‐based collaborative management for patients experiencing chemical dependency, personality disorders, eating disorders, violence and abuse, organic mental disorders, and grief and loss.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can identify national patient safety goals and quality indicators for patients experiencing health problems related to chemical dependency, personality disorders, eating disorders, violence and abuse, organic mental disorders, and grief and loss.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will describe national patient safety goals of patients experiencing withdrawal from chemical dependency.
    2. The student will describe national patient safety goals for patients experiencing a seizure.
    3. The student will describe national patient safety goals and quality indicators for patients experiencing violence or abuse.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Management of Patients with Substance Related Disorders
      1. Mood altering chemicals
      2. Dysfunctional behavior patterns
      3. Nursing process
      4. Antialcohol agents
    2. Dual Diagnosis
      1. Definition and etiology
      2. Treatment issues
      3. Psychotherapeutic management
    3. Community‐based Care
      1. Community mental health models
      2. Outpatient services
      3. Psychiatric home care
      4. Community outreach programs
      5. Residential services
      6. Homelessness
    4. Management of Patients with Cognitive Disorders
      1. Nursing process
      2. Alzheimer’s disease
      3. Family caring for patients
      4. Closed head injuries
      5. Seizure disorders
      6. Anticonvulsant agents
      7. Cholinesterase inhibitors
    5. Management of Patients with Personality Disorders
      1. Nursing process
      2. Cluster A personality disorders
      3. Cluster B personality disorders
      4. Cluster C personality disorders
    6. Crisis Intervention
      1. Definition and description
      2. Phases of crisis
      3. Types of crisis
      4. Methods of crisis intervention
    7. Survivors of Violence
      1. Nursing process
      2. Battered women survivors
      3. Child abuse survivors
      4. Elder abuse survivors
      5. Rape survivors
      6. Forensic nursing
    8. Management of HIV/AIDS
      1. Nursing process
      2. Neuropsychiatric factors
      3. Psychosocial factors
      4. Grief and loss
    9. Psychological Aspects of Physiological Illness
      1. Nursing process
      2. Historical overview
      3. Stress
      4. Persons at risk
    10. Management of Patients with Eating Disorders
      1. Nursing process
      2. Anorexia nervosa
      3. Bulimia nervosa

    Primary Faculty
    Tschirhart, Susan
    Secondary Faculty
    Lucas, Elizabeth
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 1475 - Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing Clinical

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 1355 and NURS 1365 all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: NURS 1446 and NURS 1456

    (formerly NURS 1465)

    This patient-centered clinical course helps students develop skills in providing and managing nursing care of adolescent, young adult, adult, and elderly patients with mental health disorders. The student will practice critical thinking, communication skills, application of technology, and professional responsibility while safely caring for patients. Major emphasis will be on the nursing care of patients with anxiety disorders, affective disorders, and thinking disorders. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Contact Hours: 9 per week for 8 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    III. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can demonstrate critical thinking by applying the nursing process to provide safe, culturally appropriate, patient‐centered care.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can demonstrate effective use of the nursing process while caring for the patient with mental health disorders.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will demonstrate competence in assessment/data collection (i.e., labs, diagnostics, medications, etc).
    2. The student will develop/document/prioritize nursing diagnoses based on assessment data.
    3. The student will develop outcomes that are specific, measurable, attainable, relevant, and time‐limited.
    4. The student will formulate with the patient/family a plan of care that prescribes evidence‐based interventions to attain patient outcomes.
    5. The student will identify drug effects and nursing interventions appropriate to the medication for assigned patients.
    6. The student will correctly compute and safely administer drugs.
    7. The student will perform nursing interventions safely, in a timely manner.
    8. The student will provide care with sensitivity and respect for human diversity.
    9. The student will evaluate the patient’s progress toward identified outcomes.
    10. The student will revise nursing plan of care as indicated.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    IV. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can communicate effectively with patients, families, and the interdisciplinary healthcare team.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can demonstrate therapeutic communication techniques, including teaching patients and families, in the mental health setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will document accurately, completely and consistently on all patient records and assignments.
    2. The student will report changes in patient’s condition promptly to the instructor and the RN.
    3. The student will communicate therapeutically with the patient and family.
    4. The student will communicate patient care issues with other health care professionals.
    5. The student will teach patient, family, and groups based on identified learning needs.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can demonstrate professionalism in his/her practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can demonstrate qualities and behaviors of the professional nurse in psychiatric settings.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will maintain confidentiality of information.
    2. The student will practice within the ethical and legal framework of nursing (ANA Scope and Standard of Practice).
    3. The student will promptly report unsafe, illegal, or inappropriate incidents to faculty and/or staff.
    4. The student will maintain professional appearance, attitude, and conduct.
    5. The student will recognize own limitations, seek assistance from faculty/staff, and assume responsibility for own learning and professional growth.
    6. The student will be receptive to and use constructive feedback to improve performance.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can utilize technology appropriately in planning and providing nursing care.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can demonstrate use of available technology within the mental health care setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will use patient care equipment safely.
    2. The student will use technology to obtain and record relevant patient data including nursing care and patient response.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Managing the Care of Patients Experiencing Depressive Disorders
      1. Nursing process
      2. Antidepressant agents
    2. Managing the Care of Patients Experiencing Suicidal Ideations
      1. Nursing process
      2. Milieu management
    3. Managing the Care of Patients Experiencing Mania
      1. Nursing process
      2. Antimanic agents
    4. Managing the Care of Patients Experiencing Thought Disorders
      1. Nursing process
      2. Antipsychotic agents
      3. Antiparkinsonian agents
    5. Managing the Care of Patients Experiencing Anxiety
      1. Nursing process
      2. Antianxiety agents
    6. Managing the Care of Patients Experiencing Substance Related Disorders
      1. Nursing process
      2. Dual diagnosis issues
    7. Managing the Care of Patients Experiencing Dementia, Closed Head Injuries, and
    8. Seizure Disorders
      1. Nursing process
      2. Anticonvulsant agents
    9. Managing the Care of Patients with Personality Disorders
      1. Nursing process
      2. Milieu therapy
    10. Managing the Care of Patients in Special Populations
      1. Patients in crisis
      2. Patients who are survivors of violence
      3. Patients with HIV/AIDS
      4. Patients experiencing psychological aspects of physiological illness
      5. Patients experiencing eating disorders
      6. Patients experiencing homelessness

    Primary Faculty
    Tschirhart, Susan
    Secondary Faculty
    Lucas, Elizabeth
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 2146 - Childbearing Family Nursing

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 1456 and NURS 1475 all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: NURS 2175

    (formerly NURS 2145)

    This theory course focuses on planning safe, culturally-diverse, patient and family-centered nursing care for the childbearing family. It emphasizes using evidence-based practice and quality improvement initiatives to develop critical thinking skills in caring for the childbearing family.

    Contact Hours: 8 per week for 4 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can analyze and apply the critical components of evidence‐based nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can apply evidence‐based practice for the childbearing family.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will apply evidence‐based nursing interventions while caring for the patient on the electronic fetal monitor.
    2. The student will apply evidence‐based nursing interventions while providing prenatal care.
    3. The student will apply evidence‐based nursing interventions for the patient experiencing induction/augmentation of labor.
    4. The student will apply evidence‐based nursing interventions for pain management in labor.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can explain national patient safety goals and quality indicators for the childbearing family.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will describe national patient safety goals and quality indicators when caring for the normal newborn and prevention of sudden infant death syndrome.
    2. The student will describe national patient safety goals and quality indicators when caring for the breastfeeding mother.
    3. The student will describe national patient safety goals and quality indicators when teaching the patient about birth control.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Unit 1

    INTRODUCTION TO BIRTH: THE NEWBORN AND POSTPARTUM

    1. The Process of Birth
    2. Parent‐Infant Attachment
    3. Post‐partum Nursing Assessment
    4. Newborn Transition to Extra‐uterine Life
    5. Newborn Nutrition
    6. Introduction to Cesarean Birth‐Scheduled Cases
    7. Birth Control Options
    8. Discharge Planning for Mother and Newborn
    9. Cultural Diversity of the Childbearing Family
    10. Newborn Assessment

    Unit 2

    CARE OF THE LABORING FAMILY

    1. Fetal Assessment
    2. Pharmacologic Management of Pain
    3. Maternal Adaptations to Labor and Birth
    4. Non‐pharmacologic Management of Pain
    5. Nursing Care of the Laboring Woman

    Unit 3

    PREGNANCY, ABORTION, AND PARENTING

    1. Pregnancy
      1. Preconception care
      2. 1st trimester
      3. 2nd trimester
      4. 3rd trimester
    2. Nursing Ethics and Elective Abortion
    3. Parenting Education
    4. Pharmacology Content
      1. Antibiotics
      2. Birth Control
      3. Immune globulins
      4. Oxytocics
      5. Narcotics
      6. Nonsteriodal Anti‐inflammatory agents
      7. Vaccines
      8. Vitamins

    Primary Faculty
    DeBoer, Karen
    Secondary Faculty
    Panek, Krystina
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 2156 - Complications of Childbearing Nursing

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 2146 with grade C or better

    Corequisites: NURS 2175

    (formerly NURS 2155)

    This theory course focuses on planning safe, culturally-diverse, patient and family-centered nursing care for the high-risk childbearing family and on women’s health. It emphasizes using evidence-based practice and quality improvement initiatives to develop critical thinking skills in caring for the women and the childbearing family.

    Contact Hours: 8 per week for 4 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can analyze and apply the critical components of evidence-based nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can apply evidence-based practice for women experiencing a high risk pregnancy, high risk newborns, and patients with gynecologic problems.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will apply evidence-based nursing interventions for patients with pregnancy induced hypertension, gestational diabetes, and preterm labor.
    2. The student will apply evidence-based nursing interventions for patients with gynecologic problems.
    3. The student will apply evidence-based nursing interventions for high risk newborns.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can explain national patient safety goals and quality indicators for high risk maternity, high risk newborn, and gynecologic patients.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will describe national patient safety goals and quality indicators for the pregnant patient with diabetes.
    2. The student will describe national patient safety goals and quality indicators related to women experiencing breast cancer.
    3. The student will describe national patient safety goals and quality indicators for the newborn experiencing hyperbilirubinemia.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    UNIT 1

    COMPLICATIONS OF CHILDBEARING

    1. Hypertensive Disorders of Pregnancy
      1. Chronic hypertension
      2. Preeclampsia
      3. Eclampsia
      4. HELLP syndrome
      5. Pharmacology: Antihypertensives, anticonvulsants
    2. Complications of Pregnancy
      1. Hemorrhagic conditions
      2. Ectopic pregnancy
      3. Placenta previa/Abruptio placenta
      4. Abortion
      5. Premature rupture of membranes
      6. Pharmacology: Oxytocics
    3. Intrapartum Complications
      1. Shoulder dystocia
      2. Prolapsed cord
      3. Uterine rupture
      4. Uterine inversion
    4. Endocrine and Metabolic Disorders
      1. Diabetes
      2. Hyperemesis gravidarum
      3. Pharmacology: Insulins
    5. Antepartal Fetal Assessment
      1. Ultrasonography
      2. Blood tests
      3. Chorionic villus sampling
      4. Amniocentesis
      5. Fetal surveillance
    6. Complications of Pregnancy
      1. Cardiovascular disorders
      2. Anemias
      3. Trauma
      4. Infections
      5. Rh incompatibility
      6. Pharmacology: Immunoglobulins, antianemics
    7. Childbearing Family with Special Needs
      1. Adolescent pregnancy
      2. Delayed pregnancy
      3. Substance abuse
      4. Loss and grief
      5. Violence against women
    8. Labor and Birth at Risk
      1. Dysfunctional labor
      2. Premature rupture of membranes
      3. Preterm labor
      4. Prolonged pregnancy
      5. Intrapartum emergencies
      6. Pharmacology: Oxytocic, prostaglandins
    9. Postpartum Complications
      1. Postpartum hemorrhage
      2. Thromboembolic disease
      3. Postpartum infections
      4. Postpartum depression
      5. Pharmacology: Oxytocic, antibiotics, prostaglandins

    UNIT 2

    NEWBORN COMPLICATIONS

    1. Genetics and genetic disorders
    2. Ethical, Social, and Legal Issues
      1. Ethics and bioethics
      2. Social
      3. Legal
    3. Gestational Age and Birth Weight
      1. Preterm infant
      2. Postdate and post mature infants
      3. Small for gestational age infant
      4. Large for gestational age infant
    4. Acquired and Congenital Problems of the Neonate
      1. Acquired and congenital respiratory complications
      2. Hyperbilirubinemia
      3. Neonatal infections
      4. Infants of diabetic mothers
      5. Prenatal drug exposure
      6. Phenylketonuria
      7. Cardiac defects
      8. Gastrointestinal defects
      9. Central nervous system defects

    UNIT 3

    WOMEN’S HEALTH

    1. Infertility
      1. Factors contributing to infertility
      2. Evaluation of infertility
      3. Responses to infertility
      4. Outcomes after infertility therapy
      5. Pharmacology: fertility drugs
    2. Health Assessment, Screening, and Prevention
    3. Problems of the Breast
      1. Benign conditions of the breast
      2. Malignant conditions of the breast
      3. Pharmacology: antiestrogen
    4. Experiences and Disorders of the Menstrual Cycle
      1. Common menstrual disorders
      2. Menopause
      3. Pharmacology: Hormones
    5. Disorders and Neoplasms of the Reproductive Tract
      1. Structural disorders
      2. Benign neoplasms
      3. Sexually transmitted diseases
      4. Endometriosis
      5. Osteoporosis
      6. Premenstrual syndrome
      7. Malignant neoplasms of the endometrium, cervix, and ovary
      8. Pharmacology: antiestrogens, antibiotics, hormones

    Primary Faculty
    Panek, Krystina
    Secondary Faculty
    DeBoer, Karen
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 2175 - Childbearing Family Nursing Clinical

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 1456 and NURS 1475 all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: NURS 2146 and NURS 2156

    (formerly NURS 2165)

    This patient and family-centered clinical course helps students develop skills in providing and managing nursing care. Utilizing the nursing process, the student will develop critical thinking skills, communication skills, application of technology, and professional responsibility while safely caring for mothers and their families during the childbearing cycle. New skills emphasized during this rotation include infant assessment, evaluating electronic fetal monitoring data, and supporting new families during their childbirth experience. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Contact Hours: 9 per week for 8 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    III. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can demonstrate critical thinking by applying the nursing process to provide safe, culturally appropriate, patient and family-centered care.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can apply the nursing process to patients and families in maternity settings.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will demonstrate competence in assessment/data collection (i.e., labs, diagnostics, medications, etc).
    2. The student will develop/document/prioritize nursing diagnoses based on assessment data.
    3. The student will develop outcomes that are specific, measurable, attainable, relevant, and time-limited.
    4. The student will formulate with the patient/family a plan of care that prescribes evidence-based interventions to attain identified patient outcomes.
    5. The student will identify drug effects and nursing interventions appropriate to the medication for assigned patients.
    6. The student will correctly compute and safely administer drugs.
    7. The student will perform nursing interventions safely, in a timely manner.
    8. The student will provide care with sensitivity and respect for human diversity.
    9. The student will evaluate the patient’s progress toward identified outcomes.
    10. The student will revise nursing plan of care as indicated.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    IV. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can communicate effectively with patients, families, and the interdisciplinary healthcare team.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can utilize therapeutic communication techniques to communicate purposely and effectively with the childbearing patient and healthcare team.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will document accurately, completely, and consistently on all patient records and assignments.
    2. The student will report changes in patient’s condition promptly to the instructor and RN.
    3. The student will communicate therapeutically with the patient and family.
    4. The student will communicate patient care issues with other health care professionals.
    5. The student will teach patient, family, and groups based on identified learning needs.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can demonstrate professionalism in his/her practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can analyze qualities and behaviors of the professional nurse in the maternity setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will maintain confidentiality of information.
    2. The student will practice within the ethical and legal framework of nursing (ANA Scope and Standard of Practice).
    3. The student will promptly report unsafe, illegal, or inappropriate incidents to faculty and/or staff.
    4. The student will maintain professional appearance, attitude, and conduct.
    5. The student will recognize own limitations, seek assistance from faculty/staff, and assume responsibility for own learning and professional growth.
    6. The student will be receptive to and use constructive feedback to improve performance.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can utilize technology appropriately in planning and providing nursing care.

    Course Outcome:

    1. The student can demonstrate use of complex technology within the obstetric and gynecologic healthcare setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will use patient care equipment safely.
    2. The student will utilize technology to obtain and record relevant patient data including nursing care and patient response.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Antepartum
    2. Intrapartum 
    3. Vaginal Delivery
    4. Cesarean Section Delivery
    5. Post Partum Care of:
      1. Normal low risk mother
      2. Normal low risk newborn
    6. Intravenous Catheter Insertion
    7. Medication Administration
      1. Newborn intramuscular injection
      2. Direct intravenous route
    8. Patient Simulator Experience

    Primary Faculty
    Panek, Krystina
    Secondary Faculty
    DeBoer, Karen
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 2245 - Intermediate Adult Medical-Surgical Nursing A

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 2156 and NURS 2175 all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: NURS 2265

    (replaces but does not equate to NURS 2510)

    This theory course focuses on planning safe, culturally-diverse, patient-centered nursing care for patients experiencing problems related to the cardiovascular and hematologic systems. It emphasizes using evidence-based practice and quality improvement initiatives to develop critical thinking skills in caring for patients and their families.

    Contact Hours: 6 per week for 4 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. Analyze and apply the critical components of evidence-based nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply evidence‐based practice for patients with cardiovascular and hematologic problems.

    Course Objectives: The student will:

    1. The student will interpret subjective and objective data for patients with cardiovascular and hematologic problems.
    2. The student will interpret data to select appropriate nursing diagnoses and collaborative problems.
    3. The student will describe evidence‐based collaborative management for the patient with cardiovascular and hematologic problems.
    4. The student will choose evidence‐based nursing interventions for patients with cardiovascular and hematologic problems.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    2. Recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    2. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain national patient safety goals and quality indicators for patients with cardiovascular and hematologic problems.

    Course Objectives: The student will:

    1. The student will describe quality indicators for patients with heart failure.
    2. The student will discuss quality indicators for patients with acute coronary syndromes.
    3. The student will identify national patient safety goals for patients receiving blood transfusions.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    UNIT 1 Cardiovascular System

    1. Cardiac Function
      1. Anatomy
        1. Structures
        2. Blood supply
      2. Mechanical properties
        1. Cardiac output
        2. Stroke volume
        3. Preload
        4. Afterload
        5. Contractility
        6. Heart rate
    2. Vascular Function
      1. Arterial pressure
        1. Pulse pressure
        2. Mean arterial pressure
        3. Peripheral vascular resistance
      2. Venous pressure
      3. Capillary pressure
      4. Regulation of cardiac function and blood pressure
        1. Autonomic nervous system
        2. Sympathetic system
        3. Parasympathetic system
        4. Baroreceptors
        5. Stretch receptors
        6. Chemoreceptors
        7. Hormonal influences
    3. Aging Effects
    4. Cardiac Assessment
      1. Health history
      2. Physical assessment
      3. Diagnostic tests
    5. Cardiac Function Disorders
      1. Coronary artery disease
        1. Atherosclerosis
          1. Etiology/pathology
          2. Medical/nursing management
        2. Angina pectoris
          1. Etiology/pathology
          2. Medical/nursing management
        3. Myocardial infarction
          1. Etiology/pathology
          2. Medical/nursing management
        4. Quality indicators
      2. Heart failure
        1. Etiology/pathology
        2. Medical/nursing management
        3. Quality indicators
    6. Cardiac Structure Disorders
      1. Infectious disorders
        1. Rheumatic fever
          1. Etiology/pathology
          2. Medical/nursing management
        2. Infective endocarditis
          1. Etiology/pathology
          2. Medical/nursing management
        3. Pericarditis
          1. Etiology/pathology
          2. Medical/nursing management
        4. Cardiac tamponade
      2. Cardiomyopathy
        1. Etiology/pathology
        2. Medical/nursing management
      3. Valvular heart disease
        1. Mitral valve disease
        2. Aortic valve disease
        3. Tricuspid and pulmonic valve disease
        4. Etiology/pathology
        5. Medical/nursing management
      4. Cardiac surgery
        1. Types
        2. Surgical management
        3. Nursing management
    7. Vascular Disorders
      1. Vascular assessment
        1. History
        2. Physical examination
        3. Diagnostic tests
      2. Hypertension
        1. Pathology
        2. Clinical manifestations
        3. Medical/nursing management
        4. Malignant hypertension
      3. Acute/chronic venous pathology
        1. Superficial thrombophlebitis
        2. Deep vein thrombosis
          1. Medical/nursing management
        3. Chronic venous insufficiency
          1. Venous stasis ulceration
          2. Varicose veins
          3. Medical/nursing management
      4. Acute/chronic arterial pathology
        1. Chronic arterial occlusion
          1. Clinical manifestations
          2. Medical/nursing management
        2. Acute arterial occlusion
          1. Clinical manifestations
          2. Medical/nursing management
        3. Aneurysms
          1. Abdominal aortic aneurysms
          2. Aortic dissection
          3. Thoracic aortic aneurysms
        4. Raynaud’s syndrome
    8. Shock
      1. Hypovolemic
      2. Cardiogenic
      3. Distributive
        1. Neural‐induced
        2. Chemical‐induced
          1. Anaphlaxis
          2. Sepsis
      4. Medical/nursing management
    9. Disorders of Cardiac Rhythm
      1. Electrophysiologic properties
        1. Action potential
        2. Depolarization
        3. Repolarization
        4. Excitability
        5. Automaticity
        6. Conductivity
        7. Refractoriness
        8. Cardiac conduction system
        9. Cardiac cycle
      2. Sinus rhythms
      3. Atrial dysrhythmias
      4. Ventricular dysrhythmias
      5. Pulseless electrical activity
      6. Medical management
        1. Defibrillation
        2. Cardioversion
        3. Medications
      7. Surgical management
        1. Pacemakers
      8. Nursing management

    UNIT 2 Hematologic System

    1. Hematology Assessment
      1. Blood elements
        1. Erythrocytes
        2. Leukocytes
        3. Thrombocytes (platelets)
      2. History
      3. Physical examination
      4. Diagnostic tests
        1. Bone marrow aspiration
    2. Hematological Disorders
      1. Anemia
        1. Iron deficiency anemia
        2. Pernicious anemia
        3. Aplastic anemia
        4. Hemolytic anemia
        5. Acute hemorrhage anemia
        6. Chronic hemorrhage anemia
        7. Clinical manifestations
        8. Medical management
        9. Nursing management
      2. Polycythemia
      3. Platelet disorders
      4. Transfusion of blood components
        1. Types
        2. Procedure
        3. Transfusion reactions

    UNIT 3 Pharmacology

    1. Antihyperlipidemic Agents
      1. Bile sequestering agents
      2. Reductase inhibitors
      3. Fibric acid derivatives
      4. Nicotinic acid (Niacin)
      5. Cholesterol absorption inhibitor
    2. Vasodilators
      1. Nitrates
      2. Arteriolar dilator drugs
      3. Arterial and venous dilator drugs
    3. Alpha Blockers
    4. Beta‐Adrenergic Blockers
    5. Calcium‐Channel Blockers
      1. Antianginal
      2. Antiarrhythmic
      3. Antihypertensive
    6. Positive Inotropes
      1. Cardiac glycosides
      2. Phosphodiesterase inhibitors
    7. Adrenergic Agents
    8. Diuretics Agents
      1. Thiazides
      2. Loop diuretics
      3. Potassium‐sparing diuretics
    9. Angiotensin‐Converting Enzyme Inhibitors (ACE‐I)
    10. Angiotensin II ‐ Receptor Blockers (ARB)
    11. Centrally Acting Alpha Agonists
    12. Antidysrhythmics
      1. Class I
      2. Class II: Beta‐Blockers
      3. Class III
      4. Class IV: Calcium‐Channel Blockers
      5. Unclassified
    13. Coagulation Modifiers
      1. Antiplatelets
      2. Anticoagulants
      3. Thrombolytics
      4. Others
    14. Blood‐Forming Agents

    Primary Faculty
    Tuoriniemi, Pamela
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 2255 - Intermediate Adult Medical-Surgical Nursing B

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 2245 with grade C or better

    Corequisites: NURS 2265

    (replaces but does not equate to NURS 2520)

    This theory course focuses on planning safe, culturally-diverse, patient-centered nursing care for patients experiencing urinary, renal, and endocrine system problems. It emphasizes using evidence-based practice and quality improvement initiatives to develop critical thinking skills in caring for culturally-diverse patients and their families.

    Contact Hours: 6 per week for 4 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. Analyze and apply the critical components of evidence-based nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    1. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply evidence‐based practice for patients with urinary, renal, and endocrine problems.

    Course Objectives: The student will:

    1. The student will interpret subjective and objective data for patients with urinary, renal, and endocrine problems.
    2. The student will interpret data to select appropriate nursing diagnoses and collaborative problems.
    3. The student will describe evidence‐based collaborative management for the patient with urinary, renal, and endocrine problems.
    4. The student will choose evidence‐based nursing interventions for patients with urinary, renal, and endocrine problems.

     

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    2. Recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice.

    Course Outcome:

    2. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain national patient safety goals and quality indicators for patients with urinary, renal, and endocrine problems.

    Course Objectives: The student will:

    1. The student will describe and apply the national patient safety goals addressing minimization of indwelling catheter‐related infections.
    2. The student will describe and apply the quality indicators addressing prevention of urinary tract infections.
    3. The student will describe and apply the quality indicators for the diabetic patient population.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    •  The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    •  The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    •  The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    •  The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Unit 1 Urinary Disorders

    1. Overview
      1. Physiology associated with aging
      2. Diagnostic studies of urinary and renal system
      3. Patient safety/best practices prior to diagnostic studies
    2. Infectious Disorders: Cystitic, Interstitial Cystitis
      1. Pathophysiology/risk factors
      2. Assessment/clinical manifestations
      3. Diagnostics
      4. Collaborative management and interventions
        1. Pharmacological management
        2. Urinary elimination management
        3. Other interventions
      5. Evidence‐based practice/quality indicators for urinary catheters
      6. Cultural, ethnic, and/or gender considerations
    3. Non‐infectious Disorders: Strictures, Incontinence, Urolithiasis, Urothelial Cancer
      1. Pathophysiology/risk factors
      2. Assessment/clinical manifestations
      3. Diagnostics
      4. Collaborative management and interventions
        1. Non‐surgical management
          1. Behavioral
          2. Nutritional
          3. Pharmacological management
        2. Surgical management
        3. Other interventions
      5. Cultural, ethnic, and/or gender considerations

    Unit 2 Renal Disorders

    1. Overview
      1. Physiology associated with aging
      2. Functions of the kidney
    2. Congenital Disorders: Polycystic Kidney Disease
      1. Pathophysiology
      2. Assessment/clinical manifestations
      3. Diagnostics
      4. Collaborative management and interventions
    3. Obstructive Disorders: Hydronephrosis, Hydroureter, Strictures
      1. Pathophysiology
      2. Assessment
      3. Collaborative management and interventions
    4. IV. Infectious Disorders: Pyelonephritis
      1. Pathophysiology
      2. Assessment/clinical manifestations
      3. Diagnostics
      4. Collaborative management and interventions
    5. Immunologic Disorders: Acute and Chronic Glomerulonphritis, Nephrotic Syndrome
      1. Pathophysiology
      2. Assessment/clinical manifestations
      3. Diagnostics
      4. Collaborative management and interventions
    6. Degenerative Disorders: Nephrosclerosis, Renovascular Disease, Diabetic Nephropathy
      1. Pathophysiology
      2. Assessment
      3. Collaborative management and interventions
    7. Renal Cell Carcinoma
      1. Pathophysiology
      2. Assessment/clinical manifestations
      3. Diagnostics
      4. Collaborative management and interventions
    8. Renal Trauma
      1. Assessment
      2. Collaborative management
        1. Non‐surgical
        2. Surgical

    Unit 3 Renal Failure

    1. Overview
      1. Review of terms
      2. Progression
    2. Acute Kidney Injury
      1. Etiology and pathophysiology
      2. Types
        1. Prerenal
        2. Intrarenal
        3. Postrenal
      3. Clinical course
        1. Onset phase
        2. Oliguric phase
        3. Diuretic phase
        4. Recovery phase
      4. Assessment
        1. Physical assessment/history
        2. Clinical manifestations
        3. Diagnostics
      5. Collaborative management
        1. Drug therapy
        2. Nutrition management
        3. Dialysis therapies
          1. Hemodialysis
          2. Peritoneal dialysis
          3. Access sites
          4. Other therapies
    3. Chronic Kidney Disease
      1. Pathophysiology
        1. Stages
        2. Kidney changes
        3. Metabolic changes
        4. Hematologic changes
        5. Gastrointestinal changes
        6. Neurological changes
      2. Incidence/prevalence
      3. Collaborative management and interventions
        1. Assessment/physical and psychosocial
        2. Clinical manifestations
        3. Lab assessment and other diagnostics
        4. Specific nursing care issues
      4. Cultural and ethnic disparities
    4. Renal Replacement Therapies
      1. Hemodialysis
        1. Patient selection
        2. Procedure
        3. Access
        4. Nursing care while on dialysis
        5. Post‐procedure care
        6. Complications
      2. Peritoneal dialysis
        1. Patient selection
        2. Procedure
        3. Complications
        4. Nursing care during dialysis
    5. Renal Transplantation
      1. Candidate selection
      2. Donors
      3. Preoperative care
      4. Operative procedures
      5. Immunosuppressive drug therapy
      6. Manifestations of Organ Rejection
      7. Health teaching and resources
    6. Evidence‐Based Practice and Safety Related to Renal Failure
      1. Quality of life issues
      2. Adherence to medication regimen

    Unit 4 Endocrine Disorders

    1. Endocrine Assessment
      1. Anatomy and physiology overview
      2. Endocrine changes associated with aging
      3. Assessment
        1. Physical
        2. Lab
        3. Diagnostic
    2. Diabetes: A Focus on Complications
      1. Overview of diabetes mellitus
        1. Pathophysiology
        2. Incidence
        3. Clinical manifestations
        4. Diagnostics
        5. Pharmacological management
          1. Insulin
          2. Oral agents
        6. Collaborative management
        7. Quality indicators related to diabetes
      2. Acute complications of diabetes
        1. Diabetic ketoacidosis
          1. Pathophysiology
          2. Clinical manifestations
          3. Collaborative management
          4. Prevention
        2. Hyperglycemic‐hyperosmolar state
          1. Pathophysiology
          2. Clinical manifestations
          3. Collaborative management
        3. Hypoglycemia
          1. Symptoms ‐ neuroglycopenic and neurogenic
          2. Management
          3. Prevention
      3. Chronic complications of diabetes
        1. Macrovascular
          1. Cardiovascular
          2. Cerebrovascular
        2. Microvascular
          1. Eye and vision
          2. Diabetic nephropathy
          3. Neuropathies ‐ polyneuropathies and autonomic neuropathies
    3. Disorders of the Thyroid Gland
      1. Hyperthyroidism
        1. Pathophysiology
        2. Collaborative management
          1. Assessment
          2. Clinical manifestations
          3. Diagnostic assessment
          4. Interventions
          5. Best practices for patient safety and quality care
    4. Disorders of the Parathyroid Gland
      1. Hyperparathyroidism
        1. Pathophysiology
        2. Collaborative management
          1. Assessment
          2. Clinical manifestations
          3. Interventions
      2. Hypoparathyroidism
        1. Pathophysiology
        2. Collaborative management
          1. Assessment
          2. Clinical manifestations
          3. Interventions
    5. Disorders of the Adrenal Gland
      1. Adrenal gland hypofunction ‐ Addison’s
        1. Pathophysiology
        2. Collaborative management
          1. Assessment
          2. Clinical manifestations
          3. Labs
          4. Interventions
        3. Best practice for patient safety and quality care
      2. Adrenal gland hyperfunction ‐ Cushing’s
        1. Pathophysiology
        2. Collaborative management
          1. Assessment
          2. Clinical manifestations
          3. Labs
          4. Interventions
        3. Hyperaldosteronism
        4. Pheochromocytoma
          1. Pathophysiology
          2. Assessment
          3. Interventions
    6. Pituitary Disorders
      1. Hypopituitarism
        1. Pathophysiology
        2. Management
      2. Hyperpituitarism
        1. Pathophysiology
        2. Interventions
          1. Surgical
          2. Non‐surgical
    7. Disorders of the Posterior Pituitary Gland
      1. Diabetes insipidus
        1. Pathophysiology
        2. Assessment
        3. Interventions
      2. Syndrome of inappropriate ADH
        1. Pathophysiology
        2. Assessment
        3. Interventions
    8. Pharmacological Management
      1. Urinary Disorders
        1. Sulfonamides
        2. Fluoroquinolones
        3. Urinary antiseptics
        4. Drugs used for BPH
          1. Alpha blockers
          2. 5alpha reductase inhibitors
        5. Drugs used for Erectile Dysfunction
      2. Renal Impairment
        1. Calcium products/Phosphate binders
        2. Vitamin D preparations
        3. Erythropoietin
      3. Diabetes
        1. Review of insulins
        2. Review of oral hypoglycemic agents
        3. Insulin drip to treat DKA
      4. Thyroid Disorders
        1. Antithyroid drugs
        2. Thyroid hormone replacement
      5. Adrenal Disorders
        1. Adrenocorticoids/Mineralocorticoids
        2. Drugs for Cushing’s disease
      6. Pituitary Disorders
        1. Posterior Pituitary Hormones
        2. Drugs for Acromegaly

    Primary Faculty
    Knesek, Andrea
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 2265 - Intermediate Adult Medical-Surgical Nursing Clinical

    Credit Hours: 2.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 2156 and NURS 2175 all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: NURS 2245 and NURS 2255

    (replaces but does not equate to NURS 2530)

    This patient-centered clinical course gives students opportunities to develop skills in nursing care provision and management for a variety of adult patients. Using the framework of the nursing process, the student will practice critical thinking, communication skills, application of technology, and professional responsibility while safely caring for patients with life-span changes. The focus will be on the nursing care of patients with anemia, cardiovascular, peripheral vascular, endocrine, and renal problems. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Contact Hours: 15 per week for 8 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    III. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.

    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    3. Demonstrate critical thinking by applying the nursing process to provide safe, culturally appropriate, patient-centered care.

    Course Outcome:

    1. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply the nursing process to patients and families in the intermediate medical‐surgical (adult hospital telemetry) setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will demonstrate competence in physical assessment of adults with anemia, cardiovascular, peripheral vascular, endocrine, and renal problems.
    2. The student will identify drug actions and nursing interventions appropriate to medications used to treat anemia, cardiovascular, peripheral vascular, endocrine, and renal problems.
    3. The student will correctly compute and administer drugs to patients experiencing anemia, cardiovascular, peripheral vascular, endocrine, and renal problems.
    4. The student will perform nursing interventions safely with patients experiencing anemia, cardiovascular, peripheral vascular, endocrine, and renal problems.

     

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    IV. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    4. Communicate effectively with patients, families, and the interdisciplinary healthcare team.

    Course Outcome:

    2. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize therapeutic communication techniques to communicate purposely and effectively with patients and healthcare team in the adult hospital telemetry setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will document care accurately and consistently.
    2. The student will report changes in a patient’s condition promptly to the instructor and the RN.

     

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    IV. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    5. Demonstrate professionalism in his/her practice.

    Course Outcome:

    3. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze qualities and behaviors of the professional nurse in the adult hospital telemetry setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will maintain confidentiality of information.
    2. The student will practice within the ethical and legal framework of nursing (ANA Scope and Standard of Practice).
    3. The student will promptly report unsafe, illegal, or inappropriate incidents to faculty and/or staff.
    4. The student will maintain professional appearance, attitude, and conduct.

     

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    6. Utilize technology appropriately in planning and providing nursing care.

    Course Outcome:

    4. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate use of complex technology within the adult hospital telemetry setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will perform nursing interventions safely using complex technology with adult patients.
    2. The student will utilize technology to obtain and record relevant patient data, including nursing care and patient response.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    •  The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    •  The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    •  The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    •  The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    •  The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. The Student will be Assigned to Care for Patients with Problems in the Following Areas:
      1. Cardiovascular problems: myocardial infarction, angina, hypertension, chronic heart failure, valve disease, rhythm disturbances, or peripheral vascular disease
      2. Anemia
      3. Fluid and electrolyte problems with emphasis on patients receiving IV therapy
      4. Renal disease
      5. Diabetes complications
      6. Thyroid, adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary problems
      7. Urinary tract disorders
      8. Others as assigned by clinical faculty
    2. The Clinical Lab will Focus on:
      1. Cardiac telemetry interpretation
      2. Dressing techniques for central lines and venous access devices
      3. Intravenous therapy review
      4. Mock code
      5. Simulation of patient experiencing a cardiovascular crisis

    Primary Faculty
    Tuoriniemi, Pamela
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 2346 - Childhood Nursing A

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 2255 and NURS 2265 all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: NURS 2375

    (formerly NURS 2345)

    This theory course focuses on planning safe, culturally-diverse, patient and family-centered nursing care for children experiencing problems related to fluid and electrolyte imbalances, impaired immune responses, and alterations in the respiratory, genitourinary, integumentary, and gastrointestinal systems. This course emphasizes using evidence-based practice and quality improvement initiatives to develop critical thinking skills in caring for pediatric patients and their families. In addition, the course covers growth and development of toddler, preschool, and school-aged children.

    Contact Hours: 8 per week for 4 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can analyze and apply the critical components of evidence‐based nursing practice.

    Course Outcome 1: The student can analyze evidence‐based practice for pediatric patients with acute and chronic health problems.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will analyze and apply evidence-based nursing care for the child with fluid and electrolyte imbalances.
    2. The student will analyze and apply evidence-based nursing care for the child with genitourinary alterations.
    3. The student will analyze and apply evidence-based nursing care for the child with respiratory alterations.
    4. The student will analyze and apply evidence-based nursing care for the child with integumentary system alterations.
    5. The student will analyze and apply evidence-based nursing care for the child with impaired immune responses.
    6. The student will analyze and apply evidence-based nursing care for the child with gastrointestinal alterations.
    7. The student will analyze and apply evidence-based nursing care for the toddler, preschool, and school‐age child.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice.

    Course Outcome 2: The student can identify quality improvement measures and national patient safety resources for pediatric patients with acute and chronic health problems.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will analyze and apply quality improvement/ nursing strategies in the care of the child with fluid and electrolyte imbalances.
    2. The student will analyze and apply quality improvement/ nursing strategies in the care of the child with genitourinary alterations.
    3. The student will analyze and apply quality improvement/ nursing strategies in the care of the child with respiratory alterations.
    4. The student will analyze and apply quality improvement/ nursing strategies in the care of the child with integumentary system alterations.
    5. The student will analyze and apply quality improvement/ nursing strategies in the care of the child with impaired immune responses.
    6. The student will analyze and apply quality improvement/ nursing strategies in the care of the child with gastrointestinal alterations.
    7. The student will analyze and apply developmental theories and nursing strategies in the care of the toddler, preschool, and school‐age child.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. The Child with Fluid and Electrolyte Alterations
      1. Nursing assessment of fluid and electrolyte balance in infants and children
      2. Fluid and electrolyte imbalances in the child
        1. Edema
        2. Dehydration
      3. Acid-base imbalances in the child
        1. Metabolic acidosis and alkalosis
        2. Respiratory acidosis and alkalosis
      4. Therapeutic management of imbalances resulting from gastrointestinal losses
        1. Oral replacement
        2. IV therapy
        3. Total parenteral nutrition
    2. The Child with Genitourinary Health Deviations
      1. Defects of the genitourinary tract
        1. Hypospadias, epispadias
        2. Cryptorchidism
        3. Hydrocele
      2. Acquired problems in urine elimination
        1. Urinary tract infections, pyelonephritis
        2. Vesicoureteral reflux
      3. Alteration in urine filtration
        1. Nephrotic syndrome
        2. Acute and chronic kidney disease
        3. Hemolytic Uremic Syndrome (HUS)
    3. The Child with Respiratory Health Deviations
      1. Assessment of respiratory function in children
      2. Noninfectious problems
        1. Infant apnea and apparent life-threatening event (ALTE)
        2. Respiratory distress syndrome
        3. Bronchopulmonary dysplasia (BPD) / chronic lung disease (CLD)
        4. Cystic fibrosis
        5. Sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS)
        6. Epistaxis
        7. Allergic rhinitis
        8. Asthma
      3. Respiratory infections - upper respiratory
        1. Pharyngitis, tonsillitis, otitis media
        2. Laryngotracheobronchitis (LTB), epiglottitis
      4. Respiratory infections - lower respiratory
        1. Bronchitis, respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), bronchiolitis
        2. Pneumonia
      5. Mechanical and surgical intervention
        1. Intubation and mechanical ventilation
        2. Tonsillitis and tonsillectomy
        3. Tracheostomy care
    4. Nursing Strategies for the Toddler/Preschool Child
      1. Developmental challenges
      2. Developmental milestones
      3. Psychosocial and psychosexual development
      4. Cognitive and moral development
      5. Injury prevention and health promotion
    5. Nursing Strategies for the School-Age Child
      1. Family and peer relationships
      2. Developmental requisites
      3. Biologic and psychosocial development
      4. Cognitive and moral development
      5. Injury prevention and health promotion
    6. The Child with Gastrointestinal Health Deviations - Bowel Elimination and Nutrition
      1. Nutritional guidelines and childhood obesity
      2. Malabsorptive alterations
        1. Celiac disease
        2. Cystic fibrosis
      3. Congenital malformations
        1. Cleft lip and cleft palate
        2. Esophageal atresia, tracheoesophageal fistula
      4. Acquired conditions affecting movement of nutrients
        1. Pyloric stenosis, gastroesophageal reflux, inguinal and umbilical hernias
        2. Ingestion of foreign body - esophageal
        3. Short bowel syndrome
      5. Congenital malformations
        1. Omphalocele, gastroschisis
        2. Anorectal malformations
        3. Hirschsprung Disease
      6. Inflammatory conditions in bowel elimination
        1. Meckel’s diverticulum, appendicitis
        2. Necrotizing enterocolitis (NEC)
      7. Obstructive disorders of bowel elimination
        1. Hypertrophic pyloric stenosis
        2. Intussusception
    7. The Child with Integumentary Health Deviations
      1. Assessment of the integument
      2. Disorders affecting the skin
        1. Diaper dermatitis
        2. Monilial infections
        3. Pediculosis (Lice), Tinea (Ringworm), Mites (Scabies), Seborrheic dermatitis, Cellulitis, Impetigo
        4. Non-infectious skin disorders
        5. Atopic dermatitis (eczema)
        6. Acne vulgaris
        7. Steven-Johnson Syndrome
      3. Burn injuries
        1. Burn wound characteristics
        2. Therapeutic management
    8. The Child with Immune Health Deviations - Immunodeficiency and Hypersensitivity Reactions
      1. Components of the immune system
        1. Humoral and cellular immune responses
      2. Immunodeficiencies
        1. Primary deficiencies - congenital
          1. Severe Combined Immunodeficiency Disease (SCID)
        2. Secondary deficiencies - acquired
          1. Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) 
          2. Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) - pediatric/adult
          3. Sepsis
          4. Infectious mononucleosis
      3. Hypersensitivity reactions type I (Ig E - mediated)
        1. Anaphylaxis
        2. Food allergies and food sensitivities
      4. Vaccines Across the Lifespan
        1. Active and passive immunity
      5. Child Protective Services

    Primary Faculty
    Sawyer, Linda
    Secondary Faculty
    Bartoy, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 2356 - Childhood Nursing B

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 2346 with grade C or better

    Corequisites: NURS 2375

    (formerly NURS 2355)

    This theory course focuses on planning safe, culturally-diverse, patient and family-centered nursing care for children experiencing problems with neurological dysfunction, cancer, hematological dysfunction, alterations in physical mobility, cardiovascular dysfunction, and diabetes. It emphasizes using evidence-based practice and quality improvement initiatives to develop critical thinking skills in caring for pediatric patients and their families.

    Contact Hours: 8 per week for 4 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can analyze and apply the critical components of evidence-based nursing practice.

    Course Outcome: 1. The student can analyze evidence-based practice for nursing care of the child with acute and chronic illnesses.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will analyze and apply evidence-based nursing care for the child with neurological dysfunction.
    2. The student will analyze and apply evidence-based nursing care for the child with cancer.
    3. The student will analyze and apply evidence-based nursing care for the child with hematological dysfunction.
    4. The student will analyze and apply evidence-based nursing care for the child with altered physical mobility.
    5. The student will analyze and apply evidence-based nursing care for the child with cardiovascular dysfunction.
    6. The student will analyze and apply evidence-based nursing care for the child with diabetes.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice.

    Course Outcome: 2. The student can explain why continuous quality improvement is an essential part of professional nursing practice and uses national patient safety resources for selected pediatric patients with acute and chronic illnesses.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will analyze and apply quality improvement/ nursing strategies in the care of the child with neurological dysfunction.
    2. The student will analyze and apply quality improvement/ nursing strategies in the care of the child with cancer.
    3. The student will analyze and apply quality improvement/ nursing strategies in the care of the child with hematological dysfunction.
    4. The student will analyze and apply quality improvement/ nursing strategies in the care of the child with altered physical mobility.
    5. The student will analyze and apply quality improvement/ nursing strategies in the care of the child with cardiovascular dysfunction.
    6. The student will analyze and apply quality improvement/ nursing strategies in the care of the child with diabetes.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. The Child with a Neurologic Alteration
      1. Assessment of neurologic function
        1. Diagnostic procedures
        2. Neurologic testing
        3. Increased intracranial pressure
      2. Traumatic alterations of central nervous system (CNS)
        1. Care of the child with a neurologic disorder
        2. Head injuries
      3. Malformations of the CNS
        1. Neural tube defects
          1. Spina bifida occulta
          2. Spina bifida cystica
        2. Hydrocephalus
      4. Intracranial infections
        1. Meningitis
        2. Encephalitis
        3. Reye’s syndrome
      5. Seizure disorders
        1. Childhood epilepsy
        2. Febrile seizures
        3. Neonatal seizures
    2. The Child with a Hematologic Alteration
      1. Red blood cell disorders
        1. Iron deficiency anemia
        2. Lead poisoning 
        3. Sickle cell disease
        4. B-thalassemia
      2. Defects in hemostasis
        1. Hemophilia A (Factor VIII deficiency)
        2. Hemophilia B (Factor IX deficiency)
        3. Immune Thrombocytopenia Purpura (ITP)
    3. The Child with Cancer
      1. Etiologic factors
      2. Properties of malignant cells
      3. Assessment of malignancy
      4. Diagnostic procedures
      5. Modes of therapy
        1. Chemotherapy
        2. Radiation therapy
        3. Hemopoietic Stem cell Transplant
        4. Biologic response modifiers
      6. Cancers of the blood and lymph systems
        1. Acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL)
        2. Acute myeloblastic leukemia (AML)
      7. Nervous system tumors
        1. Brain tumors
        2. Neuroblastoma
      8. Bone tumors
        1. Osteogenic sarcoma
        2. Ewing’s sarcoma
      9. Other solid tumors
        1. Wilm’s tumor
        2. Rhabdomyosarcoma
        3. Retinoblastoma
    4. The Child with a Musculoskeletal Alteration
      1. Physiology and psychology of prolonged immobilization
        1. Child in a cast
        2. Child in traction or external fixator
      2. Therapeutic Management
      3. Congenital disorders
        1. Developmental hip dysplasia
        2. Congenital clubfoot
        3. Osteogenic imperfecta
        4. Cerebral palsy
        5. Muscular dystrophy
      4. Acquired disorders
        1. Fractures
        2. Legg-Calve-Perthes Disease
        3. Slipped Capital Femoral Epiphysis (SCFE)
      5. Other disorders
        1. Juvenile idopathic arthritis
    5. The Child with a Cardiovascular Alteration
      1. Physiology of the cardiovascular system
      2. Diagnostic procedures for the cardiac deviations
      3. Assessment of congestive heart failure
      4. Congenital Defects
        1. Defects with increased pulmonary blood flow
          1. Patent ductus arteriosis (PDA)
          2. Ventricular septal defect (VSD)
          3. Atrial septal defect (ASD)
        2. Defects with decreased pulmonary blood flow
          1. Tetralogy of fallot (TOF)
        3. Obstructive defects
          1. Coarction of the aorta
        4. Mixed defects
          1. Transposition of the great arteries (TGA)
      5. Acquired cardiovascular disorders
        1. Infective endocarditis
        2. Rheumatic fever
        3. Kawasaki disease
    6. The Child with Endocrine or Metabolic Alterations
      1. Diabetes mellitus
        1. Type 1
        2. Type 2

    Primary Faculty
    Bartoy, Julie
    Secondary Faculty
    Sawyer, Linda
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 2375 - Childhood & Family Nursing Clinical

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 2255 and NURS 2265 all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: NURS 2346 and NURS 2356

    (formerly NURS 2365)

    This patient and family-centered clinical course helps students develop skills in providing and managing nursing pediatric care. Using the nursing process, students will develop critical thinking, communication skills, application of technology, and professional responsibility while safely caring for pediatric patients with various problems. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Contact Hours: 9 per week for 8 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    III. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    V. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can demonstrate critical thinking by applying the nursing process to provide safe, culturally appropriate, patient‐centered care.

    Course Outcome: 1. The student can manage the delivery of care based on priority needs of the pediatric patient and family through appraisal of the nursing process.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will demonstrate competence in assessment/data collection (i.e., labs, diagnostics, medications, etc).
    2. The student will develop/document/prioritize nursing diagnoses base on assessment data.
    3. The student will develop outcomes that are specific, measurable, attainable, relevant, and time‐limited.
    4. The student will formulate with the patient/family a plan of care that prescribes evidence‐based interventions to attain identified patient outcomes.
    5. The student will identify drug effects and nursing interventions appropriate to the medication for assigned patients.
    6. The student will correctly compute and safely administer drugs.
    7. The student will perform nursing interventions safely, in a timely manner.
    8. The student will provide care with sensitivity and respect for human diversity.
    9. The student will evaluate the patient’s progress toward identified outcomes.
    10. The student will revise nursing plan of care as indicated.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    IV. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can communicate effectively with patients, families, and the interdisciplinary healthcare team.

    Course Outcome: 2. The student can collaborate and manage therapeutic communication within the pediatric healthcare environment.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will document accurately, completely and consistently on all patient records and assignments.
    2. The student will report changes in patient’s condition promptly to the instructor and the RN.
    3. The student will communicate therapeutically with the patient and family.
    4. The student will communicate patient care issues with other health care professionals.
    5. The student will teach patient, family, and groups based on identified learning needs.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can demonstrate professionalism in his/her practice.

    Course Outcome: 3. The student can analyze qualities and behaviors of the professional nurse in the pediatric setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will maintain confidentiality of information.
    2. The student will practice within the ethical and legal framework of nursing (ANA Scope and Standard of Practice).
    3. The student will promptly report unsafe, illegal, or inappropriate incidents to faculty and/or staff.
    4. The student will maintain professional appearance, attitude, and conduct.
    5. The student will recognize own limitations, seek assistance from faculty/staff, and assume responsibility for own learning and professional growth.
    6. The student will be receptive to and use constructive feedback to improve performance.

    MCC Common Degree Outcomes:

    I. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    II. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.

    Program Outcome/Student Learning Outcome:

    1. The student can utilize technology appropriately in planning and providing nursing care.

    Course Outcome: 4. The student can demonstrate the ability to problem solve the use of technology within the pediatric healthcare setting.

    Course Objectives:

    1. The student will use patient care equipment safely.
    2. The student will utilize technology to obtain and record relevant patient data including nursing care and patient response.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Introduction to Childhood and Family Nursing Clinical
      1. Student orientation
      2. Professional appearance, attitude, and conduct
      3. Review of course requirements: measures of assessment and clinical evaluation
      4. Physical and psychosocial assessment
      5. Developmental and cultural assessment 
      6. Pediatric dosage calculations and safe medication administration
      7. Accurate and timely documentation
      8. Effective communication
      9. Introduction to Child Life Services
      10. Interdisciplinary collaboration
      11. Nursing process
      12. Patient and/or family education
    2. Growth and Development
      1. Growth measurements and growth charts
      2. Stages of development
      3. Learning and coping mechanisms (ie..play and diversional activities)
      4. Childhood fears
      5. Safety
      6. Nutrition
    3. Human Patient Simulation
    4. Community Services 
      1. Support Groups
      2. School-based nursing

    Primary Faculty
    Sawyer, Linda
    Secondary Faculty
    Bartoy, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 2445 - Transition to Professional Nursing

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 2356 and NURS 2375; HUMN 1700 or PHIL 2100 all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: NURS 2455 and NURS 2465

    (replaces but does not equate to NURS 2810)

    This theory course focuses on the associate’s degree nurse within the nursing profession. It emphasizes the role of the nurse in response to community healthcare needs and the usage of evidence-based practice and quality improvement initiatives to develop critical thinking skills in caring for groups of patients and their families.

    Contact Hours: 3 per week for 8 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze and apply the critical components of evidence‐based nursing practice.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will analyze and apply the critical components of evidence‐based nursing practice for personal and professional growth.
    2. The student will analyze and apply the critical components of evidence‐based nursing practice to manage the healthcare environment.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will recognize quality improvement strategies as an integral component of nursing practice to manage the healthcare environment.
    2. The student will recognize the quality improvement process as an integral component to change nursing practice.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Professional Growth and Role Transition
      1. Role
      2. Time management and self‐care strategies
      3. Mentoring
      4. NCLEX preparation and NCLEX exam
      5. Application for licensure
    2. Professional Nursing
      1. Employment process
      2. Development of a resume
      3. Interviewing skills
      4. Role transition
      5. American Nurses Association (ANA) standards of practice
      6. Code of Ethics
      7. Image of nursing and media influence
      8. Education; BSN completion options
    3. Management in Nursing
      1. Effective communication and conflict resolution
      2. Use of SBAR in the clinical setting
      3. Team building and collaboration
      4. Effective delegation; Joint standards ANA and NCSBN on delegation
      5. Conflict management and problem solving
    4. Nursing Practice
      1. Professionalism
      2. Evidence‐based practice
      3. Quality improvement and patient safety/medication safety
      4. Workplace issues
        1. Violence
        2. Safety and workplace hazards
        3. Emergency preparedness
        4. Impaired nursing practice
        5. Diversity in nursing
        6. Challenges with technology
        7. Ethical challenges
        8. Informatics
        9. Cultural competency

    Primary Faculty
    Knesek, Andrea
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 2455 - Advanced Adult Medical-Surgical Nursing

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 2356 and NURS 2375; HUMN 1700 or PHIL 2100 all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: NURS 2445 and NURS 2465

    (replaces but does not equate to NURS 2820)

    This theory course focuses on planning safe, culturally-diverse, patient-centered nursing care for patients experiencing oncologic, neurologic, and musculoskeletal system problems. It emphasizes using evidence-based practice and quality improvement initiatives to develop critical thinking skills in caring for patients and their families.

    Contact Hours: 3 per week for 8 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze evidence‐based practice for patients with mobility, cognition, and selected immune disorders.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will analyze and apply the critical components of evidence‐based nursing practice to patients with oncologic disorders.
    2. The student will analyze and apply the critical components of evidence‐based nursing practice to patients with neurologic disorders.
    3. The student will analyze and apply the critical components of evidence‐based nursing practice to patients with musculoskeletal disorders.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain why continuous quality improvement is an essential part of professional nursing practice and uses national safety resources for patients with neurologic, orthopedic, and oncologic problems.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will discuss quality indicators for acute stroke patients.
    2. The student will recognize quality indicators for cervical spine treatment.
    3. The student will identify quality indicators for patients with a hip fracture.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Nursing Care of Patients with Oncological Problems
      1. Cancer in the adult patient
        1. Prevention and control
        2. Maintaining wellness during treatment
        3. Rehabilitation
      2. Cancer treatment management
        1. Goals
        2. Modalities
          1. Chemotherapy
            *Alkylating agents
            *Antimetabolites
            *Mitotic inhibitors
            *Antineoplastic antibiotics
            *Topoisomerase inhibitors
            *Miscellaneous agents
          2. Radiation
          3. Biologic response modifiers
          4. Research
          5. Quackery
        3. Evaluation of treatment and modality response
          1. Myelosuppression
          2. Gastrointestinal effects
          3. Integumentary effects
          4. Effects on the reproductive system
          5. Oncologic emergencies
        4. Cancer pain
          1. Pharmacologic interventions
            *Opiates
            *Nonopiates
            *Adjuvants
          2. Home management
          3. Complimentary therapy
        5. Cultural and family influences on cancer
          1. Hospice care
      3. Management of the patient with lymphoma
        1. Hodgkin’s and Non‐Hodgkin’s Lymphoma
      4. Management of the patient with skin cancer
        1. Basal cell carcinoma
        2. Squamous cell carcinoma
        3. Malignant melanoma
        4. Mycosis fungoides
        5. Kaposi’s sarcoma
    2. Nursing Care of Patients with Neurological Problems
      1. Brief review of anatomy and physiology of the neurologic system
      2. Review of assessment of the neurologic dysfunction
        1. Adult life span considerations
        2. Cultural considerations
        3. Diagnostic procedures
      3. Clinical manifestations of neurologic problems
        1. Altered levels of consciousness
        2. Glasgow coma scale
      4. Management of patients with cerebral disorders
        1. Hemorrhagic cerebrovascular disorders
        2. Stroke
        3. Transient ischemic attacks
      5. Management of patients with peripheral nervous system disorders
        1. Lower back pain
        2. Cervical disc disorders
        3. Spinal tumors
        4. Disorders of the cranial nerves
          1. Trigeminal neuralgia
          2. Bell’s palsy
        5. Upper and lower motor lesions
        6. Peripheral neuropathies
      6. Pharmacological interventions
        1. Opiates
        2. Nonopiates
        3. Adjuvants
        4. Antiepileptic drugs
        5. Nimodipine (Nimotop)
        6. Mannitol (Osmitrol)
        7. Dopamine agonists
        8. Dopaminergics
        9. Catechol O-methyltransferase Inhibitors
        10. Cholinesterase inhibitors
        11. N-methyl-D-asparatate (MNDA) receptor antagonist
      7. Management of patients with degenerative neurologic disorders
        1. Creutzfeldt‐Jakob disease
        2. Huntington’s disease
        3. Multiple sclerosis
        4. Guillain‐Barre syndrome
        5. Parkinson’s disease
        6. Myasthenia gravis
        7. Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
      8. Management of patients with neurological trauma
        1. Spinal cord injury
        2. Head and neck injury
    3. Nursing Care of Patients with Musculoskeletal Disorders
      1. Brief review of anatomy and physiology of the musculoskeletal system
      2. Review of assessment of the musculoskeletal system
      3. Adult life span considerations
      4. Diagnostic tests
      5. Management of patients with musculoskeletal disorders
        1. Osteoarthritis
        2. Metabolic bone disorders
        3. Pagets disease
        4. Gout and gouty arthritis
        5. Bone tumors
        6. Pharmacological interventions
          *NSAIDs
          *Opiates
          *Adjuvants
      6. Management of patients with back and neck disorders
      7. Management of patients with musculoskeletal trauma or overuse
        1. Hip fractures
        2. Sports injuries
        3. Overuse syndromes of upper and lower extremities
        4. Rotator cuff tears
        5. Anterior cruciate ligament injuries
        6. Meniscal injuries
      8. Management of patients with autoimmune disease r/t the musculoskeletal system
        1. Rheumatoid arthritis
        2. Systemic lupus erythematosus
        3. Progressive systemic sclerosis
        4. Ankylosing spondylitis
        5. Sjorgen’s syndrome
        6. Fibromyalgia syndrome
        7. Mixed connective tissue disease
        8. Lyme disease
        9. Secondary arthritis

    Primary Faculty
    Nemecek, Kim
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • NURS 2465 - Integration of Nursing Practice Clinical

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Nursing Program; NURS 2356 and NURS 2375; HUMN 1700 or PHIL 2100 all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: NURS 2445 and NURS 2455

    (replaces but does not equate to NURS 2830)

    This patient-centered clinical course helps students develop skills in providing and managing nursing care of diverse adult patients. Utilizing the framework of the nursing process, students will practice critical thinking, communication skills, application of technology, and professional responsibility while safely caring for patients with lifespan changes. Major emphasis will be on nursing care management and delegation of care to a group of patients with neurological, musculoskeletal, and oncology problems. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Contact Hours: 18 per week for 8 weeks

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate critical thinking by applying the nursing process to provide safe, culturally appropriate, patient‐centered care.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will demonstrate competence in physical assessment when caring for adult patients, including oncology, neurology, and musculoskeletal patient populations.
    2. The student will identify drug actions and nursing interventions appropriate to adult patients, including oncology, neurology, and musculoskeletal patient populations.
    3. The student will correctly compute and administer drugs to adult patients, including oncology, neurology, and musculoskeletal patient populations.
    4. The student will perform nursing interventions safely when caring for patients, including oncology, neurology, and musculoskeletal patient populations.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to communicate effectively with patients, families, and the interdisciplinary healthcare team.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will document care accurately and consistently.
    2. The student will report changes in the patient’s condition promptly to the instructor and RN.
    3. The student will communicate therapeutically with the patient and family.
    4. The student will communicate patient care issues with other health care professionals.
    5. The student will teach the patient, family, and groups based on learning needs.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate professionalism in his/her practice.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will maintain confidentiality of information.
    2. The student will practice within the ethical and legal framework of nursing (ANA Scope and Standard of Practice).
    3. The student will promptly report unsafe, illegal, or inappropriate incidents to faculty and/or staff.
    4. The student will maintain professional appearance, attitude, and conduct.
    5. The student will acknowledge own limitations, seek assistance appropriately from faculty and staff, and assume responsibility for own learning and professional growth.
    6. The student will be receptive to feedback and use same to improve performance.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate problem solving using technology within the adult medical-surgical setting.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will perform nursing interventions safely with adult patients, including oncology, neurology, and musculoskeletal patient populations.
    2. The student will utilize technology to obtain and record relevant data with adult patients, including oncology, neurology, and musculoskeletal patient populations.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Management Skills
      1. time management
      2. Delegation
      3. Shared governance
      4. Effective communication techniques/use of SBAR
      5. Critical thinking process
      6. Legal/ethical issues
      7. Role of the nurse manager/leader
      8. Problem solving skills
      9. Institution’s mission statement, philosophy
      10. Institution’s organizational structure
      11. Economic, social, demographic forces
      12. Fiscal responsibility, budget for unit
      13. Code of ethics
      14. Change agent
      15. Conflict resolution
      16. Hospital staffing/job description
      17. Managing information and technology
    2. Patient Care
      1. Application of the nursing process using nursing theory
      2. Patient teaching
      3. Discharge planning
      4. Interventions for patients with neurological, musculoskeletal, and oncology problems
      5. Rehabilitation
      6. Cultural diversity
      7. Health promotion
      8. Problem solving/critical thinking skills

    Primary Faculty
    Knesek, Andrea
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Occupational Therapy Assistant

  
  • OTAS 1000 - Foundation Skills of Occupational Therapy Practice

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Occupational Therapy Assistant Program; BIOL 2710, ENGL 1180 or ENGL 1210, HHSC 1030, PHIL 2100, and PSYC 1010 all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: OTAS 1012, OTAS 1110, OTAS 1210, OTAS 1230, and OTAS 1235

    This course is designed as an introduction to activity and task analysis and the Occupational Therapy Practice Framework. Various activities including crafts and daily tasks are explored for beginning therapeutic application. The course introduces the Occupational Therapy Process and its application as well as the concepts of grading and adapting. Therapeutic activity selection will be emphasized with consideration of the client’s performance skills, performance patterns, client factors, contexts and environment activity occupational demands and their impact to occupation based performance.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    Fall Semester only


    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of occupation, purposeful activity, activity analysis, and the occupational therapy practice framework.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and articulate the terminology associated with occupation, purposeful activity and activity analysis.
    2. Identify and articulate the role of purposeful activity in occupation based intervention.
    3. Articulate an understanding of the occupational therapy practice framework including the profession’s body of knowledge and occupational therapy process.
    4. Identify and articulate the purpose of an activity analysis and the relationship to meaningful intervention.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate basic skill in activity analysis and its role in therapeutic activity selection and implementation.

    Objectives:

    1. Establish basic skill in activity analysis.
    2. Establish basic skill in methods of grading.
    3. Establish basic skill methods of adapting.
    4. Establish recognition of activity/occupational demands.
    5. Establish basic skill in required characteristics of activities.
    6. Establish basic skill in teaching learning concepts and methods of instruction.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate basic skill in the application of therapeutic selection of activity based on the analyzed needs of the client.

    Objectives:

    1. Establish basic skill in determining a client’s occupational profile and occupational analysis utilizing case study analysis through application of the practice framework.
    2. Establish basic skill in determining a client’s intervention needs through application of the practice framework.
    3. Establish basic skill in determining necessary considerations for activity/occupational demands.
    4. Establish basic skill in determining required activity characteristics for optimal client engagement and participation.
    5. Establish basic skill in determining therapeutic activity selection based on evidence of performance, diversity, and demonstrated client need.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Introduction
      1. Terminology associated with activity analysis and occupational performance.
      2. The role of activity media and activity analysis in occupation and purposeful activity.
    2. Occupational Therapy Practice Framework
      1. Concept of best practice
      2. Domains of occupational therapy
        1. Body of knowledge
          1. Areas of occupational therapy
          2. Performance skills - motor, process, social interaction
          3. Performance patterns - habits, roles, routines, rituals
          4. Context and environment
          5. Personal, virtual, cultural, physical/social, temporal
          6. Client Factors - values, beliefs, spirituality, body function/structure
          7. Activity/occupational demands
        2. Occupational Therapy process
          1. Evaluation
          2. Occupational profile
          3. Occupational analysis
          4. Intervention
          5. Planning
          6. Implementation
          7. Review
          8. Outcomes
          9. End result
          10. Engagement and participation
          11. Everyday meaningful activity
    3. Activity Analysis
      1. Purpose and format of an activity analysis and the relationship to occupational performance and intervention
      2. Application to various populations, levels of function, disabilities and diversity
    4. Grading and Adaptation concepts and methods
      1. Identification of areas to grade/adapt based on activity analysis
      2. Methods to grade activities/tasks
      3. Methods to adapt activities/tasks
      4. Therapeutic application to various populations, levels of function, disabilities and diversity
    5. Demonstrations/Step‐By‐Step Teaching
      1. Proficiency in “method of instruction”
      2. Variations of teaching/learning
      3. Meeting therapeutic needs through therapeutic use of self.
    6. Therapeutic Activity Selection
      1. Identify activities best suited for individuals that therapeutically address occupational based performance
      2. Use of client context within the selection process
        1. Activities and/or customs that hold significance to a particular ethnic group or individual
    7. Beginning clinical reasoning
      1. Case Study Applications of Occupational Therapy Practice Framework
      2. Identifying and integrating profile analysis
      3. Identifying and integrating client function through occupational analysis
      4. Articulate reasons for occupational dysfunction
      5. Identify Occupational Therapy problems and evidence of dysfunction
      6. Identify general intervention goals
      7. Identify characteristics of therapeutic activity
      8. Identify activities for therapeutic application
      9. Identify intervention activities of purpose
      10. Articulate evidence for intervention and outcomes

    Primary Faculty
    Clements, Phyllis
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Roose, Diane
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • OTAS 1012 - Medical & Professional Language in Occupational Therapy Practice Lecture

    Credit Hours: 2.00
    Prerequisites: Admission into the Occupational Therapy Assistant Program; BIOL 2710, ENGL 1180 OR ENGL 1210, HHSC 1030, PHIL 2100, and PSYC 1010 all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: OTAS 1000, OTAS 1110, OTAS 1210, OTAS 1230, and OTAS 1235

    This course provides an introduction to medical and specific occupational therapy terminology commonly used in both occupational therapy practice and in healthcare. Emphasis is placed on the knowledge of the components of medical terminology and diagnoses, psychiatric diagnoses and terminology, medical abbreviations used by occupational therapy in documentation, and the terminology of occupational therapy practice.

    Contact Hours: 2

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate acquired competency through:

    1. Recognizing and articulating a professional vocabulary of medical terminology and professional terminology.
      1. Define word roots/medical suffixes and prefixes correctly.
      2. Spell word roots/medical suffixes and prefixes correctly.
      3. Apply word roots/medical suffixes and prefixes to build medical terms.
      4. Explain the terminology commonly associated with occupational therapy practice, including physical dysfunction, mental health, and health/wellness promotion.
    2. Recognizing and defining common medical and occupational therapy terms correctly.
      1. Identify and define anatomical terms.
      2. Identify and define medical specialties and systems.
      3. Identify and define psychiatric terms.
      4. Identify and define terminology of the occupational therapy framework.
      5. Identify and define terminology frequently used in occupational therapy practice.
    3. Use basic oral skills and appropriate written skills with medical terms and abbreviation frequently used by the occupational therapy profession.
      1. Use diacritical and accents correctly.
      2. Recognize and define common medical and occupational therapy abbreviations.
      3. Apply medical abbreviations correctly in a medical note.
      4. Recognize frequently used abbreviations in an occupational therapy progress note.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Pronunciation Guidelines
      1. Diacritical marks and accent marks phonetically sound out medical terms
    2. Word Roots
      1. Definition and spelling of word roots
      2. Word roots to build medical terms
    3. Combining Forms
      1. Combining form correctly to build medical terms
    4. Suffixes
      1. Definition and spelling of medical suffixes
      2. Suffixes to build medical terms
    5. Prefixes
      1. Definition and spelling of medical prefixes
      2. Prefixes to build medical terms
    6. Medical Specialties
      1. Medical specialties by function
      2. Definition and spelling of terms which represent medical specialties
    7. Vitals
      1. Definition, spelling and understanding of terminology for vital measures
    8. Anatomical Terms
      1. Definition and spelling of anatomical terms
    9. Systems of the Human Body with Definition and Spelling of Systems Terms
      1. Digestive system
      2. Urinary system
      3. Integumentary system
      4. Male and female reproductive system
      5. Respiratory system
      6. Endocrine system
      7. Nervous system
      8. Musculoskeletal system
      9. Cardiovascular system
      10. Lymphatic system
      11. Eyes and ears
    10. Mental Health/Psychiatric Terminology
      1. Definition and spelling of mental health/psychiatric terms
      2. Signs and symptoms related to mental health & illness terminology
      3. Definition and spelling of mental illness diagnoses, signs and symptoms
      4. Introduction to, defining and spelling of terminology associated with occupational therapy intervention methods
    11. Occupational Therapy Terminology
      1. Definition and spelling of occupational therapy practice framework terminology
      2. Introduction, defining and spelling of terminology associated with occupational therapy assessment and evaluation techniques and methods
      3. Introduction to, defining and spelling of terminology associated with the motor‐praxis, sensory‐perceptual, cognitive, emotional regulation, and communication/interaction performance skills.
        1. Neuromusculoskeletal
        2. Sensory
        3. Perceptual
        4. Cognitive
      4. Introduction to, defining and spelling of occupational therapy terminology associated with occupational therapy interventions in mental health
      5. Introduction to, defining and spelling of occupational terminology associated with physical dysfunction intervention and wellness promotion
    12. Medical Abbreviations
      1. Medical abbreviations - purpose and use
      2. Interpretation of medical abbreviations incorporated into medical notes
      3. Abbreviation terminology frequently utilized by occupational therapy in documentation

    Primary Faculty
    Clements, Phyllis
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Roose, Diane
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
  
  • OTAS 1110 - Mental Health Conditions

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Occupational Therapy Assistant Program; ENGL 1180 or ENGL 1210; HHSC 1030, PHIL 2100, BIOL 2710, and PSYC 1010 all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: OTAS 1000, OTAS 1012, OTAS 1210, OTAS 1230, and OTAS 1235

    This course provides an overview of the most common mental health conditions and disorders referred to occupational therapy. The content will explore current practice trends, definitions, etiology, incidence, pathology, goal setting, and intervention methods. Disorders will be introduced as categorized in the DSM5. The interprofessional team involved in client intervention will be explored as well as the relationship of occupational performance to health and wellness. Literature reviews for related evidencebased and best practice will be introduced.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    Fall Semester only


    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Curricular Threads: The OTA program curriculum is driven by the emphasis of a growing intensity of objective and outcomes for student success. The curriculum threads or themes are interwoven throughout the occupational therapy assistant program education. Each course syllabus identifies for the student those threads emphasized in a particular course. The threads emphasized in OTAS 1110 are communication and best practice methods.

    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to develop knowledge in the background of psychiatric conditions.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify psychiatric terminology and definition.
    2. Identify the development and use of the DSM.
    3. Identify and define stress as a factor in mental health.
    4. Identify defensive mechanisms.
    5. Identify mental health models and theories.
    6. Identify the Michigan mental health code.
    7. Understand how history & sociopolitical climates influence practice.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of a given psychiatric diagnosis including the etiology, the incidence, and the pathology.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the etiology, incidence and pathology of anxiety and related disorders
    2. Identify the etiology, incidence and pathology of mood disorders including depression, bipolar and related disorders
    3. Identify the etiology, incidence and pathology of neuro‐cognitive and related disorders
    4. Identify the etiology, incidence and pathology of neuro‐development disorders
    5. Identify the etiology, incidence and pathology of sleep‐wake, sexual dysfunction and disruptive disorders
    6. Identify the etiology, incidence and pathology of substance abuse
    7. Identify the etiology, incidence and pathology of schizophrenia spectrum and related psychotic disorders
    8. Identify the etiology, incidence and pathology of personality disorders
    9. Identify the etiology, incidence and pathology of feeding, eating and somatic disorders
    10. Identify the etiology, incidence and pathology of dissociative disorders and other disorders
    11. Identify the social, community and physical implications important to occupational performance and mental health

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the relationship of mental health and wellness to occupational performance of the individual.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the impact of symptoms/behaviors to occupational function/dysfunction
    2. Identify the role of OT/OTA in symptom and behavior management
    3. Identify the implications for occupational therapy involvement
    4. Identify the promotion of health and wellness

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the role of occupation treatment intervention and in the promotion of health and prevention of disease with mental health diagnoses.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify psychosocial OT theories and models
    2. Identify & begin application of the OT process in mental health settings/situations
    3. Identify & begin application of the role of the OTR/COTA in mental health settings/situations
    4. Identify occupation‐based problems for a given diagnosis
    5. Identify occupation‐based intervention goals for a given diagnosis
    6. Identify & begin application of the purposeful activity for the intervention of a given diagnosis in mental health settings/situations
    7. Identify the interprofessional team in mental health treatment and roles

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Introduction
      1. Course requirements and expectations of student & competencies
      2. Best practice - identifying evidence through scholarly resources
    2. Introduction to mental health practice and issues
      1. Diagnostic categories/diagnosis DSM
      2. Medical models versus OT practice models.
      3. Influence of history, theories & sociopolitical climates.
      4. Physical conditions with mental health co‐diagnoses
    3. Occupational therapy practice
      1. Occupational therapy practice framework
      2. OT process
      3. Role delineation/communication
      4. Understanding of signs/symptoms/behaviors
    4. Stress
      1. Definition of stress
      2. Clinical picture for stress including etiology, incidence and pathology and impact to occupational function
      3. Occupation‐based therapy goals appropriate for stress
      4. Team members and communication/collaboration
      5. Role of occupation in the promotion of health and wellness
    5. Defense Mechanisms
      1. Define defense mechanisms
      2. Normal vs abnormal use
    6. Mental Health Models
      1. Mental health models used in occupational therapy
      2. The role of occupation in the mental health models
    7. Substance Abuse and Addictive Disorders
      1. Clinical picture for substance dependency and addictive disorders including etiology, incidence, and pathology; implications for function/treatment, culture and lifestyle considerations, implications for occupational therapy
      2. Occupation based treatment goals
      3. Interprofessional team
      4. The role of occupation in the promotion of wellness
    8. Schizophrenia Spectrum/Psychotic Disorders
      1. Clinical picture for schizophrenia including etiology, incidence, and pathology
      2. Types of schizophrenia on spectrum
      3. Interprofessional team
      4. Appropriate occupation‐based therapy goals for schizophrenia
      5. The role of occupation in the promotion of health and wellness
    9. Feeding and Eating Disorders
      1. Clinical picture of disorders including etiology, incidence, and pathology
      2. Occupation‐based therapy goals
      3. The role of occupation in the promotion of health and wellness
    10. Anxiety/OCD and Trauma related Disorders
      1. Clinical picture for disorders including etiology, incidence, and pathology
      2. Occupation‐based therapy goals appropriate for anxiety and panic disorders
      3. Team members
      4. The role of occupation in the promotion of wellness
    11. Bipolar/Depression and related Disorders
      1. Clinical picture for bipolar disorders including etiology, incidence, and pathology
      2. Team members
      3. Occupation‐based therapy goals appropriate for bipolar disorders
      4. The role of occupation in the promotion of wellness
    12. Personality Disorders
      1. Clinical picture for personality disorders including etiology, incidence, and pathology
      2. Occupation‐based therapy goals appropriate for personality disorders
      3. Interprofessional team
      4. The role of occupation in the promotion of health and wellness
    13. Dissociative Disorders
      1. Clinical picture for dissociative disorders including etiology, incidence, and pathology
      2. Occupation‐based therapy goals appropriate for dissociative disorders
      3. Team members
      4. The role of occupation in the promotion of wellness
    14. Neuro‐cognitive Disorders
      1. Clinical picture for organic mental disorders including etiology, incidence, and pathology
      2. Occupation‐based therapy goals appropriate for organic mental disorders
      3. Team members
      4. The role of occupation in the promotion of wellness
    15. Mood Disorders ‐ Depressive, Bipolar and related disorders
      1. Clinical picture for mood disorders including etiology, incidence, and pathology
      2. Occupation‐based therapy goals
      3. Team members
      4. The role of occupation in the promotion of wellness
    16. Neurodevelopmental Disorders
      1. Mental health diagnoses pertaining to children and adolescents
      2. Clinical picture for disorders of children and adolescence
      3. Occupation‐based therapy goals
      4. Interprofessional team
      5. The role of occupation in the promotion of wellness
    17. Role of Psychiatric Personnel (Team Members)
      1. Team members:
        1. Music therapists
        2. Art therapists
        3. Therapeutic recreation specialists
        4. Pharmacologists/pharmacists
        5. Vocational rehab counselor
        6. Psychologists
        7. Medical specialists
        8. Nurse
        9. Social worker
        10. Nutritionist
        11. Psychiatrist
      2. Descriptions of each team member’s role
    18. Michigan Mental Health Code
      1. Parameters of practice for Occupational Therapists/COTA’s

    Primary Faculty
    Clements, Phyllis
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Roose, Diane
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • OTAS 1210 - Clinical Kinesiology

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Occupational Therapy Assistant Program; ENGL 1180 or ENGL 1210; HHSC 1030, PHIL 2100, BIOL 2710, and PSYC 1010 all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: OTAS 1000, OTAS 1012, OTAS 1110, OTAS 1230, and OTAS 1235

    This course studies functional human musculoskeletal movement and its interrelationship to the neuromuscular system as a foundation to the basic understanding of normal and abnormal movements. This course guides the student through the skill of analyzing occupationbased movement and the application of biomechanical principles to functional performance. 

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the basic concepts of joint motion.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the planes and axes and their relationship to joint motion.
    2. Identify the motions, which occur in each plane.
    3. Identify and use the proper anatomical terms of reference.
    4. Describe the difference between open and closed kinematic chains and identify examples of occupation‐based closed and opened chained movements.
    5. Describe degrees of freedom and the relationship to joint motion.
    6. Describe diarthrodial joints and their characteristics.
    7. Define and describe oosteokinematics versus arthrokinematics.
    8. Describe convex/concave relationship in arthrokinematics.
    9. Apply knowledge to functional activities.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the forces that produce human motion.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and describe the classes of levers and their function in the human body.
    2. Describe forces as vectors and how they affect motion/muscle torque in the human body.
    3. Define muscle torque and how it creates human joint motion.
    4. Define movement of arms and their clinical relevance.
    5. Identify the center of gravity of the body and the effects of gravity on the body.
    6. Describe biomechanical principles of force systems to body equilibrium, joint function, motion and therapeutic situation.
    7. Describe the lever system and discuss its application to the musculoskeletal system.
    8. Identify the principles of stability and the relationship to gravity to base of support.
    9. Identify the relationship of functional body mechanics to human movement, problem prevention and the role of occupation.
    10. Apply knowledge to function/occupation‐based activities.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the basic concepts of muscle function.

    Objectives:

    1. Define origin and insertion of muscle, tendon, ligament, and joint capsule.
    2. Identify the characteristics of skeletal muscle.
    3. Identify muscle fiber arrangements and the relationship to function.
    4. Identify three types of muscle contractions.
    5. Identify agonist and antagonist.
    6. Describe muscle excitation and contraction.
    7. Describe the relationship between nerve and muscle function.
    8. Describe the length‐tension relationship of muscle and how active/passive insufficiency is utilized for normal movement.
    9. Identify the relationship of the principles of manual muscle testing to muscle function.
    10. Identify the role of the OTR/COTA in manual muscle testing.
    11. Apply knowledge to function/occupation‐based activities.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of muscle function and the relationship to occupational based performance by anatomical structure and muscle groups.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the major anatomical structures, nerve innervations and muscle function of the face and head.
    2. Identify the major anatomical structures, nerve innervations and muscle function of the shoulder girdle and shoulder.
    3. Identify the major anatomical structures, nerve innervations and muscle function of the elbow, wrist and hand.
    4. Identify the major anatomical structures, nerve innervations and muscle function of the thorax.
    5. Identify the major anatomical structures, nerve innervations and muscle function of the spine and trunk.
    6. Identify the major anatomical structures, nerve innervations and muscle function of the pelvic girdle and hip.
    7. Identify the major anatomical structures, nerve innervations and muscle function of the knee, ankle and foot.
    8. Identify and describe gait and the relationship to occupational performance.
    9. Apply knowledge to function/occupation‐based activities.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    1. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Kinematics
      1. Definition of kinesiology
      2. Kinematics
        1. Osteokinematics
        2. Arthrokinematics
      3. Planar classification of position and motion
      4. Open and closed occupation‐based kinematic chains
      5. Convex/concave relationship in arthrokinematics versus osteokinematics
      6. Classification of joint movement
      7. Joint nutrition and lubrication
      8. Pathology and clinical considerations
    2. Kinetics ‐ Biomechanics
      1. Static biomechanics: basic principles
        1. Axes of rotation
        2. Force
        3. Center of gravity
        4. Lever arm and muscle attachments
        5. Movement arm
        6. Torque
      2. Dynamic motion
        1. Lever systems
        2. Effects of lever lengths
        3. Torque and angle of pull
      3. Gravity
        1. Center of gravity ‐ human body (posture)
        2. Principles of stability
        3. Body mechanics and effects of lever lengths
        4. Center of gravity as it relates to changing body positions
      4. Forces occurring between articular surfaces
      5. Effects of abnormal body mechanics
    3. Muscle Function
      1. Characteristics of muscle
      2. Structure of muscle
      3. Muscle fiber arrangement and function
      4. Actions/function of muscle
      5. Physiological mechanism of muscle contraction
      6. Principles of manual muscle testing
    4. Face and Head
      1. Temporomandibular joint
        1. Osteokinematics
        2. Anatomy ‐ skeletal and disc
        3. Capsule and ligaments
        4. Muscles
        5. Arthrokinematics
        6. Muscle group action
      2. Facial muscles and action
      3. Cranial nerve III and VII
    5. Shoulder Girdle and Shoulder
      1. Shoulder complex ‐ composition
      2. Glenohumeral joint
        1. Motions
        2. Skeletal anatomy, ligaments and capsule
        3. Muscles
        4. Joint stabilization
      3. Sternoclavicular joint
      4. Acromioclavicular joint
      5. Scapulo thoracic joint
        1. Motions
        2. Skeletal anatomy
        3. Muscles
        4. Scapulohumeral rhythm
      6. Shoulder motion relationship to multi‐joint muscles of elbow
    6. Elbow, Wrist and Hand
      1. Elbow joint
        1. Skeletal anatomy
        2. Ligaments
        3. Motions and muscles
        4. Arthrokinematics
      2. Forearm joints
        1. Skeletal anatomy
        2. Ligaments
        3. Actions and muscles
        4. Arthrokinematics
      3. Relationships of multi‐joint muscles to elbow and wrist
      4. Wrist complex
        1. Skeletal anatomy
        2. Joints and ROM
        3. Ligaments
        4. Muscles and actions
        5. Arthrokinematics
      5. Hand complex
        1. Joints
        2. Skeletal anatomy
        3. Ligaments
        4. Motion and ROM
        5. Arthrokinematics
        6. Muscles and actions
        7. Relationship of active and passive insufficiency to wrist motion
      6. Brachial plexus and nerve innervation to upper extremity muscles
    7. Thorax
      1. Anatomical skeletal framework of thorax
      2. Joints
      3. Movements
      4. Muscle actions
      5. Respiration
        1. Anatomical relationship
        2. Muscle actions
    8. Spine and Trunk
      1. Vertebral column ‐ regions and curves
        1. Regions and curves
        2. Skeletal structure and disc
        3. Joints and motion
      2. Ligaments
      3. Joint biomechanics
      4. Structure and function
      5. Muscle and actions
    9. Pelvic Girdle and Hip
      1. Hip joint‐structure and function
      2. Anatomical structure
        1. Pelvis
        2. Hip joint
      3. Abnormal angulations of femur
      4. Ligaments
      5. Muscle, action and function
      6. Pelvic and femoral motions
      7. Arthrokinematics
      8. Lumbosacral plexus
    10. Knee, Ankle and Foot
      1. Knee
        1. Joints ‐skeletal anatomy and meniscus
        2. Ligaments
        3. Motions, muscle and function
        4. Arthrokinematics
        5. Abnormal postures
      2. Talocrural joint
        1. Skeletal anatomy
        2. Ligaments
        3. Motions and muscles
        4. Arthrokinematics
        5. Abnormal postures
      3. Foot
        1. Joints
        2. Skeletal anatomy
        3. Ligaments
        4. Motions and muscles
        5. Arthrokinematics
        6. Abnormal postures
    11. Gait
      1. Basic concepts of gait
      2. Center of gravity
      3. Gait cycle and phases
      4. Basic determinants of gait
      5. Critical events
      6. Critical muscle activity

    Primary Faculty
    Clements, Phyllis
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Roose, Diane
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • OTAS 1230 - Introduction to Physical Rehabilitation Lab

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Occupational Therapy Assistant Program; ENGL 1180 or ENGL 1210; HHSC 1030, PHIL 2100, BIOL 2710, and PSYC 1010 all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: OTAS 1000, OTAS 1012, OTAS 1110, OTAS 1210, and OTAS 1235

    This course introduces the student to basic clinical protocols and competency skills required of the occupational therapy assistant in physical dysfunction settings. The skills introduced will provide the basis for further skill development in progression of competencies that are standard to the profession of occupational therapy. The course is lab/competency based and will provide student instruction through a variety of learning experiences.

    Contact Hours: 4

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Curricular Threads: The OTA program curriculum is driven by the emphasis of a growing intensity of objective and outcomes for student success. The curriculum threads or themes are interwoven throughout the occupational therapy assistant program education. Each course syllabus identifies for the student those threads emphasized in a particular course. The threads emphasized in OTAS 1230 are professional accountability and best practice methods.

    Outcomes and Objectives: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate acquired competency through:

    Outcome 1: Apply screening and evaluation as they relate to occupational performance and participation.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the purpose, describe application, and demonstrate biomechanical principles as they relate to human body motion and occupation-based performance.
    2. Explain the purpose, describe the application, and demonstrate basic body mechanics for clinician and client.
    3. Explain the purpose, describe the application, and demonstrate basics of functional range of motion (ROM), including
      1. Active range of motion (AROM)
      2. Passive range of motion (PROM)
      3. Active assistive range of motion (AAROM)
      4. Self range of motion
      5. Demonstrate a simulation of wellness groups through OT leadership.
    4. Explain the purpose, describe the evaluation process, demonstrate basic use of goniometry tools, and document findings accurately.
    5. Explain the purpose, describe the evaluation process, demonstrate basics of functional manual muscle testing, and document findings accurately.
    6. Explain the purpose, describe the evaluation process, demonstrate basic use of pinch gauge and dynamometer, and document findings accurately.
    7. Explain the purpose, describe, and demonstrate basic strengthening interventions.

    Outcome 2: Screen and evaluate functional mobility required in the environment and needed for occupational performance and participation.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate safe operation and application of the various types of wheelchairs.
    2. Demonstrate safe operation and application of the various types of walkers.
    3. Demonstrate safe operation and application of the various types of canes.

    Outcome 3: Demonstrating safe transfer techniques.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate safe physical transfers with clients from various surfaces utilizing standing pivot, modified standing pivot, modified bent pivot, sliding board, and total dependent and mechanical lift.
    2. Demonstrate safe physical transfers with clients in/out of bath tub, toilet, and commode.

    Outcome 4: Applying various activities of daily living, specifically dressing, bathing, and the use of assistive devices for occupational performance and participation.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate different methods of safe instruction based on client-specific needs.
    2. Explain the purpose, describe the application, and demonstrate the use of upper extremity dressing and bathing devices.
    3. Explain the purpose, describe the application, and demonstrate the use of lower extremity dressing and bathing devices.
    4. Explain the purpose and demonstrate the use of assistive devices and adaptive techniques for upper and lower extremity dressing and bathing.

    Outcome 5: Explain the concept, use, and value of standard precautions and transmission based precautions.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and apply methods of infection control, universal precautions, and isolation techniques for safety throughout the treatment process.

    Outcome 6: Explain the rationale for the need to measure, monitor, and record a client’s vital signs.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe, define and accurately measure/record a client’s blood pressure, pulse and heart rates, respiration rate, and determine a client’s sense of pain.
    2. Describe the expected normal and abnormal changes in blood pressure, heart rate and respiration rate resulting from exercise/occupation-based activities.
    3. Explain to a client or caregiver the significance of measuring and monitoring vital signs.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Anatomy Terminology
      1. Major body zones
      2. Cardinal planes
      3. Degrees of freedom
      4. Bones and joints
      5. Body movements
    2. Range of Motion (ROM)
      1. Principles
      2. Types of ROM
        1. PROM
        2. AROM
        3. AAROM
        4. Self ROM
    3. ROM Measurement and Movement
      1. Styles of goniometers
      2. Screening and evaluation for measuring all joints of the upper extremity
      3. Individual and group intervention
      4. Application to occupational performance and participation
    4. Muscle Testing and Strengthening
      1. Muscle grades
      2. Manual muscle testing
      3. Functional muscle testing
      4. Grip and pinch testing
      5. Types of strengthening exercises
      6. Steps in grading resistive activities/exercises
      7. Resistive activities/exercises appropriate for muscle grades
      8. Application to occupational performance and participation
    5. Functional Mobility and Moving Safely in the Environment
      1. Wheelchair introduction/sensitivity activity
      2. Types of wheelchairs
      3. Wheelchair parts, operation, and adjustment
      4. Environmental barriers for wheelchairs
      5. Modifications needed to eliminate barriers
      6. Types of walkers and demonstration of use/adjustment
      7. Types of canes and demonstration of use/adjustment
      8. Other functional mobility devices
      9. Application to occupational performance and participation
    6. Transfer Training and Technique
      1. Bed mobility
      2. Standing pivot
      3. Modified bent pivot
      4. Sliding board
      5. Dependent
      6. Mechanical lifts
      7. Toilet
      8. Tub
    7. Activities of Daily Living (ADL)
      1. Best Practice Methods of instruction
        1. Strategies incorporated to client factors, context, performance patterns, performance skills, and occupational profile
          1. Verbal instruction
          2. Kinesthetic instruction
          3. Demonstration
      2. Specific techniques
        1. Dressing/undressing upper body
          1. Onehanded technique
          2. Compensatory techniques
          3. Hip precautions
        2. Dressing/undressing lower body
          1. Onehanded technique
          2. Compensatory techniques
          3. Hip precautions
        3. Bathing body parts
          1. Onehanded technique
          2. Compensatory techniques
          3. Hip precautions
    8. Assistive Devices for Dressing/Bathing/Transfers
      1. Reacher
      2. Dressing stick
      3. Sock aid
      4. Long handled shoe horn
      5. Long handled bath sponge
      6. Button hook
      7. Shoe tying
      8. Tub bench/shower chair
      9. Long handled shower hose
      10. Toilet railings
      11. Raised toilet seat
      12. Sliding board
    9. Standard Precautions
      1. Barriers for protection against bodily fluids
      2. Hand hygiene
      3. Sharps/needles
      4. Soiled client care equipment
      5. Miscellaneous
    10. Transmission Based Precautions
      1. Isolation precautions
        1. Contact precautions
        2. Droplet precautions
        3. Airborne precautions
    11. Assessment of Vital Signs
      1. Pulse
      2. Blood Pressure
      3. Heart Rate
      4. Respiration Rate
      5. Oxygen Saturation Rate
      6. Pain

    Primary Faculty
    Clements, Phyllis
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Roose, Diane
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • OTAS 1235 - Human Development & Clinical Interaction Occupational Therapy Practice

    Credit Hours: 2.00
    Prerequisites: Admission into the Occupational Therapy Assistant Program; ENGL 1180 or ENGL 1210; HHSC 1030, PHIL 2100, BIOL 2710, and PSYC 1010 all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: OTAS 1000, OTAS 1012, OTAS 1110, OTAS 1210, and OTAS 1230

    This course provides the student with the knowledge required in life span development, emphasizing relationships to occupational performance, culture, social contexts, and communication as they correlate to physical, sensorimotor, cognitive, and psychosocial development. Theories and research on human development and the impact of choice, or imposed environment, including global issues impacting development and access to services, will be addressed. The impact of therapeutic communication at different stages of development, the impact of culture and generational learning styles, and teaching techniques will be addressed.

    Contact Hours: 2

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate acquired competency through:

    1. Articulation of stages of human development and the relationship to occupational performance.
      1. Articulate the major theories of development and associated research.
      2. Articulate the physical and sensorimotor development in the stages of human development.
      3. Articulate the cognitive development in the stages of human development.
      4. Articulate the psychosocial development in the stages of human development.
      5. Articulate the relationship of development tasks of lifespan stages and occupational performance.
      6. Articulate the role of occupational therapy across the lifespan.
    2. Explaining the relationship of human development to behavior, social environment, and occupational choices.
      1. Define and articulate factors that influence and impact human development and occupational performance, including global issues of social injustice, occupational deprivation, societal changes and disparity of health care services.
      2. Articulate the factors of prevailing and welfare needs of populations and the factors influencing those at risk for disability and chronic conditions.
      3. Articulate the impact of family on development and occupational performance.
      4. Articulate the relationship of cultural diversity to human development.
      5. Articulate the relationship of religion and spirituality throughout the lifespan.
      6. Articulate the relationship and impact of social context in human development.
      7. Articulate the relationship of socioeconomic factors to human development and occupational performance.
      8. Articulate the factors of diversity and lifestyle choices that impact human development and occupational performance.
      9. Articulate the impact of context to the choices in occupational performance.
      10. Articulate the factors of prevailing health and welfare needs of populations.
      11. Articulate the factors of populations at risk for disability and chronic conditions.
    3. Articulating the relationship of communication in human development, the impact to occupational performance and occupational therapy intervention.
      1. Articulate the relationship of communication in human development.
      2. Articulate the impact of culture on communication behavior and bias.
      3. Articulate the difference in communication styles required by practitioners with the different stages of development.
      4. Articulate and demonstrate the variety of teaching techniques required by practitioners for the different lifespan stages.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    1. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Course Introduction
      1. Explore and define the impact of lifespan development on occupational therapy intervention
      2. Explore and define developmental tasks in human development
      3. Explore and define physical and sensorimotor development
      4. Explore and define cognitive development
      5. Explore and define psychosocial development
        1. Personality
        2. Social
        3. Mental health and wellness
      6. Explore and define the other influences that impact human development
        1. Global issues, including social injustice, occupational deprivation and disparity of services
        2. Societal changes
        3. Prevailing health and welfare needs of populations
        4. Populations at risk for disabilities and chronic health conditions
      7. Explore and define theories and research in human development
    2. Development of Newborns and Infants
      1. Stages of prenatal development
      2. The birth process and cultural influences
      3. Development of infants
        1. Stages of infancy
          1. Physical and sensorimotor
          2. Cognitive
          3. Psychosocial
        2. Developmental tasks
        3. Occupational performance and participation
      4. Cultural influences that impact infant role within the family
      5. Social and environmental influences on developmental tasks
      6. Communication and teaching techniques required by practitioners with parents and caregivers
    3. Development in Early Childhood
      1. Development of children
        1. Physical and sensorimotor
        2. Cognitive
        3. Psychosocial
        4. Communication
      2. Developmental tasks and roles
      3. Occupational performance and participation
      4. Cultural influences that impact early childhood roles within the family
      5. Social and environmental influences on developmental tasks
      6. Communication and teaching techniques required by practitioners for early childhood clients, parents, and caregivers
    4. Development in Middle Childhood
      1. Development of children in middle childhood
        1. Physical and sensorimotor
        2. Cognitive
        3. Psychosocial
        4. Communication
      2. Developmental tasks and roles
      3. Occupational performance and participation
      4. Cultural influences that impact the adolescent role within the family
      5. Social and environmental influences on developmental tasks
      6. Communication and teaching techniques required by practitioners’ clients, parents, and caregivers
    5. Development in Adolescence
      1. Development of adolescence
        1. Physical and sensorimotor
        2. Cognitive
        3. Psychosocial
        4. Communication
      2. Developmental tasks and roles
      3. Occupational performance and participation
      4. Cultural influences that impact the adolescence
      5. Social and environmental influences on developmental task
      6. Communication and teaching techniques required by practitioners’ clients, parents, and caregivers
    6. Stages of Early Adulthood Development
      1. Development of early adulthood
        1. Physical and sensorimotor
        2. Cognitive
        3. Psychosocial
        4. Communication
      2. Developmental tasks and roles
      3. Occupational performance and participation
      4. Cultural influences that impact early adulthood
      5. Social and environmental influences on developmental tasks
      6. Communication and teaching techniques required by practitioners’ clients, parents, and caregivers
    7. Stages of Middle Adulthood Development
      1. Development of middle adulthood
        1. Physical and sensorimotor
        2. Cognitive
        3. Psychosocial
        4. Communication
      2. Developmental tasks and roles
      3. Occupational performance and participation
      4. Cultural influences that impact middle adulthood
      5. Social and environmental influences on developmental tasks
      6. Communication and teaching techniques required by practitioners’ clients, parents, and caregivers
    8. Stages of Late Adulthood Development
      1. Development of late adulthood
        1. Physical and sensorimotor
        2. Cognitive
        3. Psychosocial
        4. Communication
      2. Developmental tasks and roles
      3. Occupational performance and participation
      4. Cultural influences that impact late adulthood
      5. Social and environmental influences on developmental tasks
      6. Communication and teaching techniques required by practitioners’ clients, parents, and caregivers
    9. Final Stages in Lifespan Development
      1. Death and dying issues related to lifespan development and roles in life
      2. Stages of death and dying
      3. Social implications of end of life options and choices
      4. Impact to communication with client, family and community
      5. Communications surrounding the client, family and community with the final stage of human development

    Primary Faculty
    Clements, Phyllis
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Roose, Diane
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
  
  • OTAS 1300 - Rehabilitation Conditions & Intervention Planning Lecture

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Occupational Therapy Assistant Program; OTAS 1000, OTAS 1012, OTAS 1110, OTAS 1210, OTAS 1230, and OTAS 1235 all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: OTAS 1351, OTAS 1361, OTAS 1370, OTAS 1401,and OTAS 1420

    This course provides the student with a working knowledge of the conditions in physical dysfunction commonly referred to occupational therapy. In addition to the introduction of disease etiology, incidences, and pathology, the course will emphasize the development of clinical reasoning skills for basic intervention planning and wellness promotion. The occupational therapy process will be highlighted towards restoring, remediating, or compensating the dysfunction of occupational performance and the impact to the physical and psychosocial aspects of individuals. The student will be introduced to common intervention methods used with rehabilitation conditions seen in the practice of occupational therapy.

    Contact Hours: 3

    Center Campus

    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Curricular Threads: The OTA program curriculum is driven by the emphasis of a growing intensity of objective and outcomes for student success. The curriculum threads or themes are interwoven throughout the occupational therapy assistant program education. Each course syllabus identifies for the student those threads emphasized in a particular course. The threads emphasized in OTAS 1300 are communication, clinical reasoning and best practice methods.

    Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate acquired competency through:

    1. Explain a given rehabilitation diagnosis including etiology, incidence, signs and symptoms, prognosis, precautions and medical treatment.
      1. Articulate the effects of inheritable and genetic conditions, disability, trauma and injury to the physical, psychosocial and occupational performance of the individual.
      2. Articulate pertinent medical information regarding cardiopulmonary conditions.
      3. Articulate pertinent medical information regarding general medicine conditions.
      4. Articulate pertinent medical information regarding neurological conditions.
      5. Articulate pertinent medical information regarding musculoskeletal conditions.
      6. Articulate pertinent medical information regarding orthopedic conditions.
      7. Articulate pertinent medical information regarding upper extremity conditions.
      8. Articulate the categorization of conditions as acute, chronic or terminal and the effects on occupational performance.
      9. Articulate the levels of care, transition of levels and the impact to intervention planning and implementation.
    2. Apply a variety of occupational therapy intervention activities and methods with intervention planning for physical rehabilitation conditions.
      1. Articulate and demonstrate a variety of occupational therapy intervention methods.
        1. Assistive devices
        2. Compensatory techniques
        3. Joint protection
        4. Energy conservation
        5. Work simplification
        6. Ergonomics
        7. Physical agent modalities (competencies)
      2. Recognize, demonstrate and articulate basic and complete socio-economical concerns with assistive device intervention.
      3. Recognize and articulate psychosocial concerns of individuals with rehabilitation intervention.
      4. Recognize and articulate the interprofessional team approach to rehabilitation intervention.
      5. The use of professional literature to make evidence based decisions for occupation therapy intervention.
    3. Analysis of case studies of occupation-based evaluation, intervention planning and outcomes with occupational therapy intervention of rehabilitation conditions utilizing clinical reasoning skills.
      1. Articulate and apply the OT process to a variety of case studies.
      2. Articulate the role of occupation in the promotion of health, prevention and disability for the individual, family and society.
      3. Articulate the importance of balancing areas of occupation with achievement of health and wellness.
      4. Articulate and apply information pertinent to the occupational profile.
      5. Articulate and apply basic components of assessment and measures of function.
      6. Analyze dysfunction in performance areas through an analysis of performance skill, patterns, client factors and activity demands, including the physical and mental health impact.
      7. Analyze intervention methods appropriate for the performance dysfunction.
      8. Articulate the relationship in the level of care to the intervention methods and duration.
      9. Explain prioritizing intervention needs dictated by client factors and setting goals.
      10. Explain the impact of client context in activity selection.
      11. Identify when to recommend the need for referring clients for additional services.
      12. Explain discharge planning.
      13. Explain the promotion of wellness with rehabilitation conditions.
      14. Explain the roles, and communication between the OT and OTA in the occupational therapy process.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES
    (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)

    • 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
    • 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
    • 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
    • 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
    • 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Course Introduction
      1. Review of course terminology
      2. Role of occupational therapy intervention with physical dysfunction clients
        1. Levels of care and purpose
      3. Role delineation of OTA and OT in clinical practice with physical dysfunction, including evaluation and screening
      4. Categories of physical dysfunction/rehabilitation conditions
        1. Cardiopulmonary
        2. General medicine
        3. Musculoskeletal
        4. Neurological
        5. Orthopedic
        6. Upper extremity
    2. Clinical Reasoning for Intervention Planning
      1. The role of occupation in promotion for the individual, family and society
        1. Health
        2. Prevention
        3. Disability
      2. The importance of occupational balance in health and wellness achievement
      3. Occupational therapy practice framework
      4. Occupational therapy process
      5. Evaluation process
        1. Occupational profile - client factors, performance skills, performance patterns, context and environment
        2. Occupational analysis client factors, performance skills, performance patterns, context and environment
      6. Evidence‐based intervention
      7. Intervention planning
        1. Identification of occupation‐based problems
        2. Identification of client goals
        3. Identification of intervention time frame
        4. Selection of intervention activities based on evidence/best practice from professional literature
        5. Identification of discharge plan
      8. Referral for additional evaluation and other disciplines
    3. Common Occupational Therapy Intervention Methods and Strategies
      1. Principles of use and application of methods and strategies
      2. Interprofessional team approaches
      3. Role of OTA
      4. Assistive devices
        1. Recognize and articulate socio‐economic concerns with intervention with assistive devices and equipment needs
      5. Compensatory techniques
      6. Joint protection
      7. Energy conservation/work simplification
      8. Ergonomics
      9. Physical agent modalities and competencies
        1. Hot/cold packs
        2. Paraffin
        3. Fluidotherapy
        4. Ultrasound
        5. E‐stim and TNS
    4. Cardiopulmonary Conditions
      1. Pulmonary conditions
        1. COPD
        2. Asthma
        3. Pulmonary hypertension
          1. Clinical picture
          2. Precautions
          3. Interprofessional team members and roles
      2. Cardiac conditions
        1. Clinical picture
        2. Precautions
        3. Interprofessional team members and roles
      3. Occupation‐based intervention planning
    5. General Medicine Conditions
      1. Clinical pictures, precautions and interprofessional team member roles
        1. Autoimmune disorders
          1. Myasthenia gravis
          2. HIV
          3. Lupus
            1. Systemic
            2. Erythematosis
        2. Oncology
        3. Renal disease
        4. Diabetes mellitus
        5. Fibromyalgia f. Myasthenia gravis
        6. Gullain‐Barre Syndrome
        7. Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS)
        8. Post Polio Syndrome
      2. Occupation‐based intervention planning
    6. Neurological Conditions
      1. Clinical pictures, precautions and interprofessional team member roles
        1. Multiple Sclerosis (MS)
        2. Parkinson’s Disease
        3. Spinal cord injury
        4. Cerebral Vascular Accident (CVA)
        5. Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI)
        6. Nerve injury disorders
          1. Peripheral nerve
          2. Brachial plexus
          3. Reflex Sympathetic Dystrophy
      2. Occupation‐based intervention planning
    7. Musculoskeletal Conditions
      1. Clinical pictures, precautions and interprofessional team member roles
        1. Rheumatoid Arthritis (RA)
        2. Juvenile Arthritis (JRA)
        3. Osteoarthritis
        4. Scleroderma
        5. Ankylosing Spondylitis (AS)
      2. Occupation‐based intervention planning
    8. Orthopedic Conditions and Upper Extremity Disorders
      1. Clinical pictures, precautions and interprofessional team member roles
        1. Amputations
        2. Fractures
        3. Hip fractures
        4. Total hip replacement
        5. Total knee replacement
        6. Cumulative trauma disorders
          1. Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
          2. Rotator cuff injury
          3. Back injury
        7. Tendon injuries and disorders
          1. Dypuytren’s contractor
          2. Flexor/extensor injuries
      2. Occupation‐based intervention planning

    Primary Faculty
    Clements, Phyllis
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Roose, Diane
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

 

Page: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10